projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_ip): Handle new 'c' mode completers,
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
365 char common;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
368 to be multiply defined. */
369 char dup_common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
372 char zero;
373
374 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
375 unsigned char sort;
376
377 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
378 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
379 int access;
380
381 /* Index of containing space. */
382 int space_index;
383
384 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
385 int alignment;
386
387 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
388 int quadrant;
389
390 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
391 int def_space_index;
392
393 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
394 subsegT subsegment;
395 };
396
397 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
398 dictionary entries. */
399
400 struct default_space_dict
401 {
402 /* Name of the space. */
403 char *name;
404
405 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
406 assembly code numerically! */
407 int spnum;
408
409 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
410 char loadable;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
413 char defined;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
416 char private;
417
418 /* Sort key for this space. */
419 unsigned char sort;
420
421 /* Segment associated with this space. */
422 asection *segment;
423 };
424 #endif
425
426 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
427 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
428 label. */
429 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
430 {
431 struct symbol *lss_label;
432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
433 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
434 #endif
435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
436 segT lss_segment;
437 #endif
438 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
439 }
440 label_symbol_struct;
441
442 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
443 struct hppa_fix_struct
444 {
445 /* The field selector. */
446 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
447
448 /* Type of fixup. */
449 int fx_r_type;
450
451 /* Format of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_format;
453
454 /* Argument relocation bits. */
455 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
456
457 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
458 segT segment;
459 };
460
461 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
462
463 struct pd_reg
464 {
465 char *name;
466 int value;
467 };
468
469 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
470 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
471 struct fp_cond_map
472 {
473 char *string;
474 int cond;
475 };
476
477 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
478 string to a field selector type. */
479 struct selector_entry
480 {
481 char *prefix;
482 int field_selector;
483 };
484
485 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
486
487 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
488 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
489 #endif
490
491 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
492 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
495 #endif
496 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
497 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
504 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
505 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
506 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
507 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
508 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
509 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
510 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
511 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
512 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
513 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
523 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
532 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
541 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
542 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
543 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
544 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
545 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
546 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
547 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
551 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
552 int, int, int,
553 asection *, int));
554 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
555 char *, int, int,
556 int, int, int,
557 int, int, int, int,
558 int, asection *));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int,
563 asection *));
564 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
565 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
568 subsegT));
569 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
570 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
572 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
573 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
574 #endif
575 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
576 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
577 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
578 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
579 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
580 int, unsigned int, int));
581 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
582 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
583 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
584 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
585 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
586 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
587 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
588 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
589
590 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
591 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
592 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
593 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
594 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
595 #endif
596
597 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
598
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
601 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
602 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
603
604 /* The current space and subspace. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
606 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
607 #endif
608
609 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
610 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
611
612 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
613 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
614 function labels. */
615 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
616
617 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
618 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
619
620 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
621 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
622
623 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
624 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
625 dependent tables? */
626 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
627 {
628 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
629 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
630 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
631 {"align", pa_align, 8},
632 #endif
633 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
634 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
635 #endif
636 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
637 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
638 {"block", pa_block, 1},
639 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
640 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
641 {"call", pa_call, 0},
642 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
643 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
644 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
645 #else
646 {"code", pa_text, 0},
647 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
648 #endif
649 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
650 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
651 #endif
652 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
653 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
654 {"data", pa_data, 0},
655 #endif
656 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
657 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
658 {"end", pa_end, 0},
659 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
664 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
665 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
666 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
667 {"export", pa_export, 0},
668 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
669 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
670 #endif
671 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
672 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
673 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
674 {"import", pa_import, 0},
675 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
676 {"label", pa_label, 0},
677 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
678 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
679 {"level", pa_level, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
682 #endif
683 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
684 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
685 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
686 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
687 #endif
688 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
689 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
690 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"param", pa_param, 0},
692 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
693 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
694 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
695 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
696 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
697 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
698 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
699 {"space", pa_space, 0},
700 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
701 #endif
702 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
703 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
704 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
705 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
706 #endif
707 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
708 {"text", pa_text, 0},
709 #endif
710 {"version", pa_version, 0},
711 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
712 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
713 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
714 #endif
715 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
716 {NULL, 0, 0}
717 };
718
719 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
720 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
721 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
722
723 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
724 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
725 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
726
727 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
728 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
729
730 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
731 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
732 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
733
734 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
735 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
736
737 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
738 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
739
740 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
741 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
742
743 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
744 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
745 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
746 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
747
748 static struct pa_it the_insn;
749
750 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
751 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
752 variable. */
753 static char *expr_end;
754
755 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
756 static int callinfo_found;
757
758 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
759 static int within_entry_exit;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
762 static int within_procedure;
763
764 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
765 seen in each subspace. */
766 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
767
768 /* Holds the last field selector. */
769 static int hppa_field_selector;
770
771 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
772
773 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
774 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
775 static int strict = 0;
776
777 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
778 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
779 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
780 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
781 register has a `r' suffix. */
782 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
783 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
784 static int pa_number;
785
786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
787 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
788 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
789 #endif
790
791 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
792 static int print_errors = 1;
793
794 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
795
796 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
797 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
798
799 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
800 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
801
802 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
803 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
804 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
805 again have the value <REGNUM>.
806
807 Many registers also have synonyms:
808
809 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
810 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
811 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
812 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
813 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
814
815 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
816 here for brevity.
817
818 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
819
820 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
821 {
822 {"%arg0", 26},
823 {"%arg1", 25},
824 {"%arg2", 24},
825 {"%arg3", 23},
826 {"%cr0", 0},
827 {"%cr10", 10},
828 {"%cr11", 11},
829 {"%cr12", 12},
830 {"%cr13", 13},
831 {"%cr14", 14},
832 {"%cr15", 15},
833 {"%cr16", 16},
834 {"%cr17", 17},
835 {"%cr18", 18},
836 {"%cr19", 19},
837 {"%cr20", 20},
838 {"%cr21", 21},
839 {"%cr22", 22},
840 {"%cr23", 23},
841 {"%cr24", 24},
842 {"%cr25", 25},
843 {"%cr26", 26},
844 {"%cr27", 27},
845 {"%cr28", 28},
846 {"%cr29", 29},
847 {"%cr30", 30},
848 {"%cr31", 31},
849 {"%cr8", 8},
850 {"%cr9", 9},
851 {"%dp", 27},
852 {"%eiem", 15},
853 {"%eirr", 23},
854 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
861 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
903 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
941 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%hta", 25},
951 {"%iir", 19},
952 {"%ior", 21},
953 {"%ipsw", 22},
954 {"%isr", 20},
955 {"%itmr", 16},
956 {"%iva", 14},
957 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
958 {"%mrp", 2},
959 #else
960 {"%mrp", 31},
961 #endif
962 {"%pcoq", 18},
963 {"%pcsq", 17},
964 {"%pidr1", 8},
965 {"%pidr2", 9},
966 {"%pidr3", 12},
967 {"%pidr4", 13},
968 {"%ppda", 24},
969 {"%r0", 0},
970 {"%r1", 1},
971 {"%r10", 10},
972 {"%r11", 11},
973 {"%r12", 12},
974 {"%r13", 13},
975 {"%r14", 14},
976 {"%r15", 15},
977 {"%r16", 16},
978 {"%r17", 17},
979 {"%r18", 18},
980 {"%r19", 19},
981 {"%r2", 2},
982 {"%r20", 20},
983 {"%r21", 21},
984 {"%r22", 22},
985 {"%r23", 23},
986 {"%r24", 24},
987 {"%r25", 25},
988 {"%r26", 26},
989 {"%r27", 27},
990 {"%r28", 28},
991 {"%r29", 29},
992 {"%r3", 3},
993 {"%r30", 30},
994 {"%r31", 31},
995 {"%r4", 4},
996 {"%r5", 5},
997 {"%r6", 6},
998 {"%r7", 7},
999 {"%r8", 8},
1000 {"%r9", 9},
1001 {"%rctr", 0},
1002 {"%ret0", 28},
1003 {"%ret1", 29},
1004 {"%rp", 2},
1005 {"%sar", 11},
1006 {"%sp", 30},
1007 {"%sr0", 0},
1008 {"%sr1", 1},
1009 {"%sr2", 2},
1010 {"%sr3", 3},
1011 {"%sr4", 4},
1012 {"%sr5", 5},
1013 {"%sr6", 6},
1014 {"%sr7", 7},
1015 {"%tr0", 24},
1016 {"%tr1", 25},
1017 {"%tr2", 26},
1018 {"%tr3", 27},
1019 {"%tr4", 28},
1020 {"%tr5", 29},
1021 {"%tr6", 30},
1022 {"%tr7", 31}
1023 };
1024
1025 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1026 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1027 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1028 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1029 {
1030 {"false?", 0},
1031 {"false", 1},
1032 {"true?", 30},
1033 {"true", 31},
1034 {"!<=>", 3},
1035 {"!?>=", 8},
1036 {"!?<=", 16},
1037 {"!<>", 7},
1038 {"!>=", 11},
1039 {"!?>", 12},
1040 {"?<=", 14},
1041 {"!<=", 19},
1042 {"!?<", 20},
1043 {"?>=", 22},
1044 {"!?=", 24},
1045 {"!=t", 27},
1046 {"<=>", 29},
1047 {"=t", 5},
1048 {"?=", 6},
1049 {"?<", 10},
1050 {"<=", 13},
1051 {"!>", 15},
1052 {"?>", 18},
1053 {">=", 21},
1054 {"!<", 23},
1055 {"<>", 25},
1056 {"!=", 26},
1057 {"!?", 28},
1058 {"?", 2},
1059 {"=", 4},
1060 {"<", 9},
1061 {">", 17}
1062 };
1063
1064 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1065 {
1066 {"f", e_fsel},
1067 {"l", e_lsel},
1068 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1069 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1070 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1071 {"ls", e_lssel},
1072 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1073 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1074 {"n", e_nsel},
1075 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1076 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1077 {"p", e_psel},
1078 {"r", e_rsel},
1079 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1080 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1081 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1082 {"rs", e_rssel},
1083 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1084 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1085 {"t", e_tsel},
1086 };
1087
1088 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1089 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1090
1091 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1092 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093
1094 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1095 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1096 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1097 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1098 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1099 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1100 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1101 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1102 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1103
1104 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1105 {
1106 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1107 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1108 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1109 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1110 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1111 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1112 };
1113
1114 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1115 {
1116 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1117 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1119 };
1120
1121 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1122
1123 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1124 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1125 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1126 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1127 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1128
1129 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1130 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1131 #endif
1132
1133 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1134 a right or left half of a FP register */
1135 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1136 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1137
1138 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1139 main loop after insertion. */
1140
1141 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1142 { \
1143 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1144 continue; \
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1148 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1149
1150 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1151 { \
1152 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1153 { \
1154 if (! IGNORE) \
1155 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1156 (int) (FIELD));\
1157 break; \
1158 } \
1159 }
1160
1161 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1162 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1163
1164 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1165 { \
1166 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1167 { \
1168 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1169 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1170 (int) (FIELD));\
1171 break; \
1172 } \
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1176 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1177
1178 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1179 { \
1180 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1181 { \
1182 if (! IGNORE) \
1183 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1184 (int) (FIELD));\
1185 break; \
1186 } \
1187 }
1188
1189 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1190 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1191 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1192
1193 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1194 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1195 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1196
1197 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1198 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1199 need real complex handling yet. */
1200 #define is_complex(exp) \
1201 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1202
1203 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1204
1205 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1206 proc/procend pairs match. */
1207
1208 void
1209 pa_check_eof ()
1210 {
1211 if (within_entry_exit)
1212 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1213
1214 if (within_procedure)
1215 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1216 }
1217
1218 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1219 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1220
1221 static label_symbol_struct *
1222 pa_get_label ()
1223 {
1224 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1225
1226 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1227 label_chain;
1228 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1229 {
1230 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1231 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1232 return label_chain;
1233 #endif
1234 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1235 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1236 return label_chain;
1237 #endif
1238 }
1239
1240 return NULL;
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1244 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1245
1246 void
1247 pa_define_label (symbol)
1248 symbolS *symbol;
1249 {
1250 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1251
1252 if (label_chain)
1253 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1254 else
1255 {
1256 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1257 label_chain
1258 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1259 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1260 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1261 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1262 #endif
1263 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1264 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1265 #endif
1266 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1267
1268 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1269 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1270
1271 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1272 }
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1276 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1277
1278 static void
1279 pa_undefine_label ()
1280 {
1281 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1282 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1283
1284 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1285 label_chain;
1286 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1287 {
1288 if (1
1289 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1290 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1291 #endif
1292 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1293 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1294 #endif
1295 )
1296 {
1297 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1298 if (prev_label_chain)
1299 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1300 else
1301 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1302
1303 free (label_chain);
1304 break;
1305 }
1306 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1311 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1312 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1313 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1314 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1315 tc_fix_data field. */
1316
1317 static void
1318 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1319 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1320 fragS *frag;
1321 int where;
1322 int size;
1323 symbolS *add_symbol;
1324 offsetT offset;
1325 expressionS *exp;
1326 int pcrel;
1327 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1328 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1329 int r_format;
1330 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1331 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1332 {
1333 fixS *new_fix;
1334
1335 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1336 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1337
1338 if (exp != NULL)
1339 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1340 else
1341 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1342 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1343 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1347 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1348 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1349 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1350 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1351 #endif
1352
1353 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1354 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1355 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1356 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1357 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1358 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1359 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1360 }
1361
1362 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1363 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1364
1365 void
1366 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1367 expressionS *exp;
1368 {
1369 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1370 expression (exp);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1374 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1375
1376 void
1377 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1378 fragS *frag;
1379 int where;
1380 int size;
1381 expressionS *exp;
1382 {
1383 unsigned int rel_type;
1384
1385 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1386 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1387 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1388 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1389 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1390 else
1391 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1392
1393 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1394 {
1395 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1396 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1397 }
1398
1399 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1400 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1401 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1402
1403 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1404 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1408 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1409
1410 void
1411 md_begin ()
1412 {
1413 const char *retval = NULL;
1414 int lose = 0;
1415 unsigned int i = 0;
1416
1417 last_call_info = NULL;
1418 call_info_root = NULL;
1419
1420 /* Set the default machine type. */
1421 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1422 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1423
1424 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1425 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1426 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1427 {
1428 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1429 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1433 pa_spaces_begin ();
1434 #endif
1435
1436 op_hash = hash_new ();
1437
1438 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1439 {
1440 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1441 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1442 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1443 {
1444 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1445 lose = 1;
1446 }
1447 do
1448 {
1449 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1450 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1451 {
1452 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1453 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1454 lose = 1;
1455 }
1456 ++i;
1457 }
1458 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1459 }
1460
1461 if (lose)
1462 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1463
1464 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1465 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1466 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1467 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1468 #endif
1469
1470 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1471 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1472 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1473 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1474 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1475 #endif
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1479 void
1480 md_assemble (str)
1481 char *str;
1482 {
1483 char *to;
1484
1485 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1486 assert (str);
1487
1488 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1489 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1490 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1491
1492 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1493 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1494 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1495 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1496 {
1497 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1498
1499 if (label_symbol)
1500 {
1501 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1502 {
1503 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1504 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1505 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1507 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1508 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1509 if (within_entry_exit)
1510 {
1511 char *where;
1512 unsigned int u;
1513
1514 where = frag_more (0);
1515 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1516 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1517 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1518 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1519 }
1520 #endif
1521 }
1522 else
1523 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1524 }
1525 else
1526 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1527 }
1528
1529 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1530 pa_ip (str);
1531
1532 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1533 to = frag_more (4);
1534
1535 /* Output the opcode. */
1536 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1537
1538 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1539 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1540 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1541 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1542 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1543 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1544
1545 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1546 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549
1550 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1551 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1552
1553 static void
1554 pa_ip (str)
1555 char *str;
1556 {
1557 char *error_message = "";
1558 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1559 const char *args;
1560 int match = FALSE;
1561 int comma = 0;
1562 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1563 unsigned long opcode;
1564 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1565
1566 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1567 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1568 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1569 #endif
1570
1571 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1572 case. */
1573 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1574 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1575
1576 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1577 for (s = str;
1578 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1579 ++s)
1580 ;
1581
1582 switch (*s)
1583 {
1584
1585 case '\0':
1586 break;
1587
1588 case ',':
1589 comma = 1;
1590
1591 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1592
1593 case ' ':
1594 *s++ = '\0';
1595 break;
1596
1597 default:
1598 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1599 }
1600
1601 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1602 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1603 {
1604 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1605 return;
1606 }
1607
1608 if (comma)
1609 {
1610 *--s = ',';
1611 }
1612
1613 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1614 start processing them. */
1615 argstart = s;
1616 for (;;)
1617 {
1618 /* Do some initialization. */
1619 opcode = insn->match;
1620 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1621 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1622
1623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1624
1625 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1626 then set a new architecture. */
1627 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1628 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1629 if (insn->arch < 20
1630 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1631 {
1632 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1633 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1634 }
1635 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1636 {
1637 match = FALSE;
1638 goto failed;
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1642 sure that the operands match. */
1643 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1644 {
1645 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1646 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1647 s++;
1648
1649 switch (*args)
1650 {
1651
1652 /* End of arguments. */
1653 case '\0':
1654 if (*s == '\0')
1655 match = TRUE;
1656 break;
1657
1658 case '+':
1659 if (*s == '+')
1660 {
1661 ++s;
1662 continue;
1663 }
1664 if (*s == '-')
1665 continue;
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* These must match exactly. */
1669 case '(':
1670 case ')':
1671 case ',':
1672 case ' ':
1673 if (*s++ == *args)
1674 continue;
1675 break;
1676
1677 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1678 case 'b':
1679 case '^':
1680 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1681 break;
1682 num = pa_number;
1683 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1685
1686 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1687 is there. */
1688 case '!':
1689 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1690 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1691 s = s + 1;
1692
1693 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1694 {
1695 s += 4;
1696 continue;
1697 }
1698 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1699 {
1700 s += 5;
1701 continue;
1702 }
1703 break;
1704
1705 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1706 case 'x':
1707 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1708 break;
1709 num = pa_number;
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1711 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1712
1713 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1714 case 't':
1715 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1716 break;
1717 num = pa_number;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1722 case 'a':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 opcode |= num << 16;
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1729
1730 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1731 case 'T':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1740 case '5':
1741 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1742 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1743 break;
1744 s = expr_end;
1745 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1746 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1747 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1748 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1749 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1750
1751 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1752 case 'V':
1753 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1754 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1755 break;
1756 s = expr_end;
1757 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1758 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1759 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1760 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1762
1763 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1764 case 'r':
1765 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1766 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1767 break;
1768 s = expr_end;
1769 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1770 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1771
1772 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1773 case 'R':
1774 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1775 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1776 break;
1777 s = expr_end;
1778 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1780
1781 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1782 case 'U':
1783 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1784 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1785 break;
1786 s = expr_end;
1787 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1788 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1789
1790 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1791 case 's':
1792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1793 break;
1794 num = pa_number;
1795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1797
1798 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1799 case 'S':
1800 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1801 break;
1802 num = pa_number;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1804 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1805 continue;
1806
1807 /* Handle all completers. */
1808 case 'c':
1809 switch (*++args)
1810 {
1811
1812 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1813 case 'X':
1814 case 'x':
1815 {
1816 int uu = 0;
1817 int m = 0;
1818 int i = 0;
1819 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1820 {
1821 s++;
1822 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1823 {
1824 uu = 1;
1825 m = 1;
1826 s++;
1827 i++;
1828 }
1829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1830 m = 1;
1831 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1832 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1833 uu = 1;
1834 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1835 else if (strict)
1836 {
1837 s--;
1838 break;
1839 }
1840 else
1841 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1842 s++;
1843 i++;
1844 }
1845 if (i > 2)
1846 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1847 opcode |= m << 5;
1848 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1849 }
1850
1851 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1852 case 'M':
1853 case 'm':
1854 case 'q':
1855 case 'J':
1856 case 'e':
1857 {
1858 int a = 0;
1859 int m = 0;
1860 if (*s == ',')
1861 {
1862 int found = 0;
1863 s++;
1864 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1865 {
1866 a = 0;
1867 m = 1;
1868 found = 1;
1869 }
1870 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1871 {
1872 a = 1;
1873 m = 1;
1874 found = 1;
1875 }
1876
1877 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1878 if (!found && strict)
1879 s--;
1880 else
1881 {
1882 if (!found)
1883 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1884 s += 2;
1885 }
1886 }
1887 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1888 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1889 else if (*args == 'e')
1890 break;
1891
1892 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1893 encode the before/after field. */
1894 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1895 {
1896 opcode |= m << 5;
1897 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1898 }
1899 else if (*args == 'q')
1900 {
1901 opcode |= m << 3;
1902 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1903 }
1904 else if (*args == 'J')
1905 {
1906 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1908 }
1909 else if (*args == 'e')
1910 {
1911 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1912 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1913 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1914 opcode |= a;
1915 continue;
1916 }
1917 }
1918
1919 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1920 case 'A':
1921 case 's':
1922 {
1923 int a = 0;
1924 int m = 0;
1925 int i = 0;
1926 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1927 {
1928 s++;
1929 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1930 m = 1;
1931 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1932 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1933 a = 0;
1934 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1935 a = 1;
1936 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1937 else if (strict)
1938 {
1939 s--;
1940 break;
1941 }
1942 else
1943 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1944 s++;
1945 i++;
1946 }
1947 if (i > 2)
1948 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1949 opcode |= m << 5;
1950 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1951 }
1952
1953 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1954 case 'c':
1955 cmpltr = 0;
1956 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1957 {
1958 s += 3;
1959 cmpltr = 2;
1960 }
1961 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1962
1963 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1964 case 'C':
1965 cmpltr = 0;
1966 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1967 {
1968 s += 3;
1969 cmpltr = 2;
1970 }
1971 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1972 {
1973 s += 3;
1974 cmpltr = 1;
1975 }
1976 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1977
1978 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1979 case 'd':
1980 cmpltr = 0;
1981 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1982 {
1983 s += 3;
1984 cmpltr = 1;
1985 }
1986 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1987
1988 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1989 case 'o':
1990 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1991 break;
1992 s += 2;
1993 continue;
1994
1995 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1996 case 'g':
1997 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1998 break;
1999 s += 5;
2000 continue;
2001
2002 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2003 case 'p':
2004 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2005 break;
2006 s += 7;
2007 continue;
2008
2009 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2010 case 'l':
2011 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2012 break;
2013 s += 2;
2014 continue;
2015
2016 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2017 case 'P':
2018 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2019 break;
2020 s += 4;
2021 continue;
2022
2023 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2024 case 'L':
2025 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2026 break;
2027 s += 2;
2028 continue;
2029
2030 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2031 case 'w':
2032 flag = 0;
2033 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2034 {
2035 flag = 1;
2036 s += 2;
2037 }
2038 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2039 {
2040 flag = 0;
2041 s += 2;
2042 }
2043
2044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2045
2046 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2047 case 'W':
2048 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2049 break;
2050 s += 2;
2051 continue;
2052
2053 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2054 case 'r':
2055 flag = 0;
2056 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2057 {
2058 flag = 5;
2059 s += 2;
2060 }
2061
2062 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2063
2064 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2065 case 'Z':
2066 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2067 {
2068 flag = 1;
2069 s += 2;
2070 }
2071 else
2072 flag = 0;
2073
2074 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2075
2076 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2077 case 'i':
2078 flag = 0;
2079 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2080 {
2081 flag = 1;
2082 s += 2;
2083 }
2084
2085 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2086
2087 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2088 case 'z':
2089 flag = 1;
2090 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2091 {
2092 flag = 0;
2093 s += 2;
2094 }
2095
2096 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2097
2098 /* Handle add completer. */
2099 case 'a':
2100 flag = 1;
2101 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2102 {
2103 flag = 2;
2104 s += 2;
2105 }
2106 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2107 {
2108 flag = 3;
2109 s += 4;
2110 }
2111
2112 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2113
2114 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2115 case 'Y':
2116 flag = 0;
2117 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2118 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2119 {
2120 flag = 1;
2121 s += 7;
2122 }
2123 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2124 {
2125 flag = 0;
2126 s += 3;
2127 }
2128 else
2129 break;
2130
2131 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2132
2133 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2134 case 'y':
2135 flag = 0;
2136 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2137 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2138 {
2139 flag = 1;
2140 s += 6;
2141 }
2142 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2143 {
2144 flag = 0;
2145 s += 2;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 break;
2149
2150 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2151
2152 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2153 case 'v':
2154 flag = 0;
2155 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2156 {
2157 flag = 1;
2158 s += 4;
2159 }
2160
2161 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2162
2163 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2164 case 't':
2165 flag = 0;
2166 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2167 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2168 {
2169 flag = 1;
2170 s += 7;
2171 }
2172 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2173 {
2174 flag = 0;
2175 s += 3;
2176 }
2177 else
2178 break;
2179
2180 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2181
2182 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2183 case 'B':
2184 flag = 0;
2185 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2186 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2187 {
2188 flag = 1;
2189 s += 7;
2190 }
2191 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2192 {
2193 flag = 0;
2194 s += 3;
2195 }
2196 else
2197 break;
2198
2199 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2200
2201 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2202 case 'b':
2203 flag = 0;
2204 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2205 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2206 {
2207 flag = 1;
2208 s += 6;
2209 }
2210 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2211 {
2212 flag = 0;
2213 s += 2;
2214 }
2215 else
2216 break;
2217
2218 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2219
2220 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2221 case 'T':
2222 flag = 0;
2223 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2224 {
2225 flag = 1;
2226 s += 3;
2227 }
2228
2229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2230
2231 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2232 case 'S':
2233 {
2234 int sign = 1;
2235 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2236 {
2237 sign = 1;
2238 s += 2;
2239 }
2240 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2241 {
2242 sign = 0;
2243 s += 2;
2244 }
2245
2246 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2247 }
2248
2249 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2250 case 'h':
2251 if (*s++ == ',')
2252 {
2253 int lr = 0;
2254 if (*s == 'r')
2255 lr = 2;
2256 else if (*s == 'l')
2257 lr = 0;
2258 else
2259 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2260
2261 s++;
2262 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2263 }
2264 else
2265 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2266 break;
2267
2268 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2269 case 'H':
2270 {
2271 int sat = 3;
2272 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2273 {
2274 sat = 1;
2275 s += 3;
2276 }
2277 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2278 {
2279 sat = 0;
2280 s += 3;
2281 }
2282
2283 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2284 }
2285
2286 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2287 case '*':
2288 if (*s++ == ',')
2289 {
2290 int permloc[4];
2291 int perm = 0;
2292 int i = 0;
2293 permloc[0] = 13;
2294 permloc[1] = 10;
2295 permloc[2] = 8;
2296 permloc[3] = 6;
2297 for (; i < 4; i++)
2298 {
2299 switch (*s++)
2300 {
2301 case '0':
2302 perm = 0;
2303 break;
2304 case '1':
2305 perm = 1;
2306 break;
2307 case '2':
2308 perm = 2;
2309 break;
2310 case '3':
2311 perm = 3;
2312 break;
2313 default:
2314 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2315 }
2316 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2317 }
2318 continue;
2319 }
2320 else
2321 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2322 break;
2323
2324 default:
2325 abort ();
2326 }
2327 break;
2328
2329 /* Handle all conditions. */
2330 case '?':
2331 {
2332 args++;
2333 switch (*args)
2334 {
2335 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2336 case 'f':
2337 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2338 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2339
2340 /* Handle an add condition. */
2341 case 'A':
2342 case 'a':
2343 cmpltr = 0;
2344 flag = 0;
2345 if (*s == ',')
2346 {
2347 s++;
2348
2349 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2350 if (*args == 'A')
2351 {
2352 if (*s == '*')
2353 s++;
2354 else
2355 break;
2356 }
2357 else if (*s == '*')
2358 break;
2359 name = s;
2360
2361 name = s;
2362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2363 s += 1;
2364 c = *s;
2365 *s = 0x00;
2366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2367 cmpltr = 1;
2368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2369 cmpltr = 2;
2370 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2371 cmpltr = 3;
2372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2373 cmpltr = 4;
2374 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2375 cmpltr = 5;
2376 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2377 cmpltr = 6;
2378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 7;
2380 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2381 {
2382 cmpltr = 0;
2383 flag = 1;
2384 }
2385 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2386 {
2387 cmpltr = 1;
2388 flag = 1;
2389 }
2390 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2391 {
2392 cmpltr = 2;
2393 flag = 1;
2394 }
2395 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2396 {
2397 cmpltr = 3;
2398 flag = 1;
2399 }
2400 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2401 {
2402 cmpltr = 4;
2403 flag = 1;
2404 }
2405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2406 {
2407 cmpltr = 5;
2408 flag = 1;
2409 }
2410 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2411 {
2412 cmpltr = 6;
2413 flag = 1;
2414 }
2415 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2416 {
2417 cmpltr = 7;
2418 flag = 1;
2419 }
2420 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2421 else if (*args == 'a')
2422 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2423 *s = c;
2424 }
2425 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2427
2428 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2429 case 'd':
2430 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2431 if (cmpltr < 0)
2432 {
2433 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2434 cmpltr = 0;
2435 }
2436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2437
2438 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2439 case 'W':
2440 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2441 if (cmpltr < 0)
2442 {
2443 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2444 cmpltr = 0;
2445 }
2446 else
2447 {
2448 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2449 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2450 }
2451 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2452
2453 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2454 condition. */
2455 case '@':
2456 save_s = s;
2457 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2458 if (cmpltr < 0)
2459 {
2460 s = save_s;
2461 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2462 if (cmpltr < 0)
2463 {
2464 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2465 cmpltr = 0;
2466 }
2467 else
2468 {
2469 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2470 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2471 }
2472 }
2473 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2474
2475 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2476 case 'B':
2477 case 'b':
2478 cmpltr = 0;
2479 if (*s == ',')
2480 {
2481 s++;
2482
2483 if (*args == 'B')
2484 {
2485 if (*s == '*')
2486 s++;
2487 else
2488 break;
2489 }
2490 else if (*s == '*')
2491 break;
2492
2493 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2494 {
2495 cmpltr = 0;
2496 s++;
2497 }
2498 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2499 {
2500 cmpltr = 1;
2501 s += 2;
2502 }
2503 else
2504 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2505 }
2506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2507
2508 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2509 case 'S':
2510 case 's':
2511 cmpltr = 0;
2512 flag = 0;
2513 if (*s == ',')
2514 {
2515 s++;
2516
2517 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2518 if (*args == 'S')
2519 {
2520 if (*s == '*')
2521 s++;
2522 else
2523 break;
2524 }
2525 else if (*s == '*')
2526 break;
2527 name = s;
2528
2529 name = s;
2530 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2531 s += 1;
2532 c = *s;
2533 *s = 0x00;
2534 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2535 cmpltr = 1;
2536 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2537 cmpltr = 2;
2538 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2539 cmpltr = 3;
2540 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2541 cmpltr = 4;
2542 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2543 cmpltr = 5;
2544 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2545 cmpltr = 6;
2546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2547 cmpltr = 7;
2548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2549 {
2550 cmpltr = 0;
2551 flag = 1;
2552 }
2553 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2554 {
2555 cmpltr = 1;
2556 flag = 1;
2557 }
2558 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2559 {
2560 cmpltr = 2;
2561 flag = 1;
2562 }
2563 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2564 {
2565 cmpltr = 3;
2566 flag = 1;
2567 }
2568 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2569 {
2570 cmpltr = 4;
2571 flag = 1;
2572 }
2573 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2574 {
2575 cmpltr = 5;
2576 flag = 1;
2577 }
2578 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2579 {
2580 cmpltr = 6;
2581 flag = 1;
2582 }
2583 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2584 {
2585 cmpltr = 7;
2586 flag = 1;
2587 }
2588 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2589 else if (*args != 'S')
2590 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2591 name);
2592 *s = c;
2593 }
2594 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2595 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2596
2597 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2598 case 't':
2599 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2600 if (cmpltr < 0)
2601 {
2602 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2603 cmpltr = 0;
2604 }
2605 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2606
2607 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2608 case 'n':
2609 save_s = s;
2610 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 {
2613 s = save_s;
2614 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2615 if (cmpltr < 0)
2616 {
2617 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2618 cmpltr = 0;
2619 }
2620 else
2621 {
2622 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2623 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2624 }
2625 }
2626
2627 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2628
2629 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2630 case 'N':
2631 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2632 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2633 {
2634 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2635 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2636 }
2637 else
2638 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2639 break;
2640
2641 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2642
2643 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2644 case 'Q':
2645 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2646 if (cmpltr < 0)
2647 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2648 break;
2649
2650 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2651
2652 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2653 case 'L':
2654 case 'l':
2655 cmpltr = 0;
2656 flag = 0;
2657 if (*s == ',')
2658 {
2659 s++;
2660
2661 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2662 if (*args == 'L')
2663 {
2664 if (*s == '*')
2665 s++;
2666 else
2667 break;
2668 }
2669 else if (*s == '*')
2670 break;
2671
2672 name = s;
2673 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2674 s += 1;
2675 c = *s;
2676 *s = 0x00;
2677
2678 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2679 cmpltr = 1;
2680 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2681 cmpltr = 2;
2682 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2683 cmpltr = 3;
2684 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2685 cmpltr = 7;
2686 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2687 {
2688 cmpltr = 0;
2689 flag = 1;
2690 }
2691 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2692 {
2693 cmpltr = 1;
2694 flag = 1;
2695 }
2696 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2697 {
2698 cmpltr = 2;
2699 flag = 1;
2700 }
2701 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2702 {
2703 cmpltr = 3;
2704 flag = 1;
2705 }
2706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2707 {
2708 cmpltr = 7;
2709 flag = 1;
2710 }
2711 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2712 else if (*args != 'L')
2713 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2714 *s = c;
2715 }
2716 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2717 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2718
2719 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2720 case 'X':
2721 case 'x':
2722 case 'y':
2723 cmpltr = 0;
2724 if (*s == ',')
2725 {
2726 save_s = s++;
2727
2728 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2729 if (*args == 'X')
2730 {
2731 if (*s == '*')
2732 s++;
2733 else
2734 break;
2735 }
2736 else if (*s == '*')
2737 break;
2738
2739 name = s;
2740 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2741 s += 1;
2742 c = *s;
2743 *s = 0x00;
2744 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2745 cmpltr = 1;
2746 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2747 cmpltr = 2;
2748 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2749 cmpltr = 3;
2750 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2751 cmpltr = 4;
2752 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2753 cmpltr = 5;
2754 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2755 cmpltr = 6;
2756 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2757 cmpltr = 7;
2758 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2759 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2760 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2761 {
2762 *s = c;
2763 s = save_s;
2764 continue;
2765 }
2766 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2767 else if (*args != 'X')
2768 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2769 *s = c;
2770 }
2771 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2772
2773 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2774 case 'U':
2775 case 'u':
2776 cmpltr = 0;
2777 flag = 0;
2778 if (*s == ',')
2779 {
2780 s++;
2781
2782 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2783 if (*args == 'U')
2784 {
2785 if (*s == '*')
2786 s++;
2787 else
2788 break;
2789 }
2790 else if (*s == '*')
2791 break;
2792
2793 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2794 {
2795 cmpltr = 2;
2796 s += 3;
2797 }
2798 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2799 {
2800 cmpltr = 3;
2801 s += 3;
2802 }
2803 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2804 {
2805 cmpltr = 4;
2806 s += 3;
2807 }
2808 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2809 {
2810 cmpltr = 6;
2811 s += 3;
2812 }
2813 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2814 {
2815 cmpltr = 7;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 0;
2821 flag = 1;
2822 s += 2;
2823 }
2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 2;
2827 flag = 1;
2828 s += 3;
2829 }
2830 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 3;
2833 flag = 1;
2834 s += 3;
2835 }
2836 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2837 {
2838 cmpltr = 4;
2839 flag = 1;
2840 s += 3;
2841 }
2842 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 6;
2845 flag = 1;
2846 s += 3;
2847 }
2848 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2849 {
2850 cmpltr = 7;
2851 flag = 1;
2852 s += 3;
2853 }
2854 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2855 {
2856 cmpltr = 1;
2857 flag = 0;
2858 s += 3;
2859 }
2860 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2861 {
2862 cmpltr = 5;
2863 flag = 0;
2864 s += 3;
2865 }
2866 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2867 {
2868 cmpltr = 1;
2869 flag = 1;
2870 s += 3;
2871 }
2872 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2873 {
2874 cmpltr = 5;
2875 flag = 1;
2876 s += 3;
2877 }
2878 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2879 else if (*args != 'U')
2880 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2881 }
2882 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2884
2885 default:
2886 abort ();
2887 }
2888 break;
2889 }
2890
2891 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2892 case 'n':
2893 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2894 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2895
2896 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2897 case 'N':
2898 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2899 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2900
2901 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2902 case 'L':
2903 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2904 s += 4;
2905 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2906 s += 4;
2907 else
2908 break;
2909 continue;
2910
2911 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2912 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2913 case 'h':
2914 get_expression (s);
2915 s = expr_end;
2916 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2917 {
2918 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2919 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2920 num++;
2921 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2922 }
2923 else
2924 break;
2925
2926 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2927 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2928 case 'm':
2929 get_expression (s);
2930 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2931 {
2932 s = expr_end;
2933 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2934 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2935 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2936 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2937 }
2938 else
2939 break;
2940
2941 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2942 case '=':
2943 {
2944 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2945 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2946 }
2947
2948 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2949 case 'i':
2950 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2951 get_expression (s);
2952 s = expr_end;
2953 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2954 {
2955 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2956 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2957 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2958 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2959 }
2960 else
2961 {
2962 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2963 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2964 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2966 else
2967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2968 the_insn.format = 11;
2969 continue;
2970 }
2971
2972 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2973 case 'J':
2974 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2975 get_expression (s);
2976 s = expr_end;
2977 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2978 {
2979 int mb;
2980
2981 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2982 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2983 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2984 good to rethink this. */
2985 mb = opcode & 1;
2986 opcode -= mb;
2987 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2988 if (mb != (num < 0))
2989 break;
2990 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2991 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2992 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2993 }
2994 break;
2995
2996 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2997 case 'K':
2998 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2999 get_expression (s);
3000 s = expr_end;
3001 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3002 {
3003 int mb;
3004
3005 mb = opcode & 1;
3006 opcode -= mb;
3007 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3008 if (mb == (num < 0))
3009 break;
3010 if (num % 4)
3011 break;
3012 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3013 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3014 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3015 }
3016 break;
3017
3018 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3019 case '<':
3020 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3021 get_expression (s);
3022 s = expr_end;
3023 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3024 {
3025 int mb;
3026
3027 mb = opcode & 1;
3028 opcode -= mb;
3029 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3030 if (mb != (num < 0))
3031 break;
3032 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3033 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3035 }
3036 break;
3037
3038 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3039 case '>':
3040 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3041 get_expression (s);
3042 s = expr_end;
3043 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3044 {
3045 int mb;
3046
3047 mb = opcode & 1;
3048 opcode -= mb;
3049 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3050 if (mb == (num < 0))
3051 break;
3052 if (num % 4)
3053 break;
3054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3055 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3056 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3057 }
3058 break;
3059
3060 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3061 case '#':
3062 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3063 get_expression (s);
3064 s = expr_end;
3065 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3066 {
3067 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3068 if (num & 0x7)
3069 break;
3070 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3071 if (num < 0)
3072 opcode |= 1;
3073 num &= 0x1fff;
3074 num >>= 3;
3075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3080 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3081 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3083 else
3084 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3085 the_insn.format = 14;
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088 break;
3089
3090 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3091 case 'd':
3092 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3093 get_expression (s);
3094 s = expr_end;
3095 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3096 {
3097 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3098 if (num & 0x3)
3099 break;
3100 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3101 if (num < 0)
3102 opcode |= 1;
3103 num &= 0x1fff;
3104 num >>= 2;
3105 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3106 }
3107 else
3108 {
3109 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3110 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3111 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3112 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3113 else
3114 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3115 the_insn.format = 14;
3116 continue;
3117 }
3118
3119 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3120 case 'j':
3121 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3122 get_expression (s);
3123 s = expr_end;
3124 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3125 {
3126 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3127 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3128 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3130 }
3131 else
3132 {
3133 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3134 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3135 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3136 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3137 else
3138 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3139 the_insn.format = 14;
3140 continue;
3141 }
3142
3143 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3144 case 'k':
3145 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3146 get_expression (s);
3147 s = expr_end;
3148 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3149 {
3150 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3151 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3152 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3153 continue;
3154 }
3155 else
3156 {
3157 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3158 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3159 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3160 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3161 else
3162 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3163 the_insn.format = 21;
3164 continue;
3165 }
3166
3167 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3168 case 'l':
3169 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3170 get_expression (s);
3171 s = expr_end;
3172 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3173 {
3174 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3175 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3176 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3177 continue;
3178 }
3179 else
3180 {
3181 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3182 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3183 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3184 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3186 else
3187 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3188 the_insn.format = 14;
3189 continue;
3190 }
3191
3192 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3193 case 'y':
3194 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3195 get_expression (s);
3196 s = expr_end;
3197 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3198 {
3199 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3200 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3201 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3202 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205 else
3206 {
3207 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3208 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3209 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3210 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3211 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3212 else
3213 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3214 the_insn.format = 14;
3215 continue;
3216 }
3217
3218 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3219 case '&':
3220 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3221 get_expression (s);
3222 s = expr_end;
3223 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3224 {
3225 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3226 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3227 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3228 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3229 continue;
3230 }
3231 else
3232 {
3233 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3234 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3235 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3236 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3238 else
3239 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3240 the_insn.format = 14;
3241 continue;
3242 }
3243
3244 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3245 case 'w':
3246 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3247 get_expression (s);
3248 s = expr_end;
3249 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3250 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3251 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3252 "L$0\001"))
3253 {
3254 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3255 if (num % 4)
3256 {
3257 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3258 break;
3259 }
3260 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3261 num -= 8;
3262 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3263 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3264 continue;
3265 }
3266 else
3267 {
3268 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3269 the_insn.format = 12;
3270 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3271 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3272 s = expr_end;
3273 continue;
3274 }
3275
3276 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3277 case 'W':
3278 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3279 get_expression (s);
3280 s = expr_end;
3281 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3282 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3283 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3284 "L$0\001"))
3285 {
3286 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3287 if (num % 4)
3288 {
3289 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3290 break;
3291 }
3292 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3293 num -= 8;
3294 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3295 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3296 continue;
3297 }
3298 else
3299 {
3300 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3301 the_insn.format = 17;
3302 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3303 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3304 continue;
3305 }
3306
3307 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3308 case 'X':
3309 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3310 get_expression (s);
3311 s = expr_end;
3312 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3313 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3314 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3315 "L$0\001"))
3316 {
3317 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3318 if (num % 4)
3319 {
3320 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3321 break;
3322 }
3323 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3324 num -= 8;
3325 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3326 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3327 }
3328 else
3329 {
3330 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3331 the_insn.format = 22;
3332 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3333 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3334 continue;
3335 }
3336
3337 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3338 case 'z':
3339 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3340 get_expression (s);
3341 s = expr_end;
3342 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3343 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3344 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3345 "L$0\001"))
3346 {
3347 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3348 if (num % 4)
3349 {
3350 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3351 break;
3352 }
3353 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3354 num -= 8;
3355 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3356 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3357 continue;
3358 }
3359 else
3360 {
3361 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3362 the_insn.format = 17;
3363 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3364 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3365 continue;
3366 }
3367
3368 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3369 case 'Z':
3370 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3371 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3372 {
3373 s += 4;
3374 continue;
3375 }
3376 else
3377 break;
3378
3379 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3380 case 'Y':
3381 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3382 break;
3383 s += 9;
3384 continue;
3385
3386 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3387 case '@':
3388 if (*s != '0')
3389 break;
3390 s++;
3391 continue;
3392
3393 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3394 case '.':
3395 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3396 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3397 break;
3398 s = expr_end;
3399 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3400 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3401
3402 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3403 case '*':
3404 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3405 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3406 break;
3407 s = expr_end;
3408 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3410
3411 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3412 case 'p':
3413 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3414 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3415 break;
3416 s = expr_end;
3417 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3418 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3419
3420 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3421 case '~':
3422 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3423 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3424 break;
3425 s = expr_end;
3426 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3427 num = 63 - num;
3428 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3430
3431 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3432 case '%':
3433 flag = 0;
3434 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3435 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3436 break;
3437 s = expr_end;
3438 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3439 num--;
3440 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3441 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3445 case '|':
3446 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3447 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3448 break;
3449 s = expr_end;
3450 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3451 num--;
3452 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3453 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3454 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3455
3456 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3457 case 'P':
3458 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3459 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3460 break;
3461 s = expr_end;
3462 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3464
3465 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3466 case 'q':
3467 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3468 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3469 break;
3470 s = expr_end;
3471 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3472 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3473 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3474
3475 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3476 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3477 case 'B':
3478 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3479 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3480 break;
3481 s = expr_end;
3482 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3483 if (num & 0x20)
3484 ;
3485 else
3486 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3487 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3488
3489 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3490 case 'Q':
3491 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 break;
3494 s = expr_end;
3495 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3497
3498 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3499 case '$':
3500 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3501 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3502 break;
3503 s = expr_end;
3504 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3505 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3506
3507 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3508 case 'A':
3509 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3510 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3511 break;
3512 s = expr_end;
3513 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3515
3516 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3517 case 'D':
3518 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3519 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3520 break;
3521 s = expr_end;
3522 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3523 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3524
3525 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3526 case 'v':
3527 if (*s++ != ',')
3528 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3529 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3530 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3531 break;
3532 s = expr_end;
3533 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3534 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3535
3536 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3537 case 'O':
3538 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3539 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3540 break;
3541 s = expr_end;
3542 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3543 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3544 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3545
3546 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3547 case 'o':
3548 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3549 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3550 break;
3551 s = expr_end;
3552 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3553 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3554
3555 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3556 case '0':
3557 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3558 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3559 break;
3560 s = expr_end;
3561 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3562 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3563 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3564
3565 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3566 case '1':
3567 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3568 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3569 break;
3570 s = expr_end;
3571 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3572 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3574
3575 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3576 case 'u':
3577 if (*s++ != ',')
3578 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3579 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3580 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3581 break;
3582 s = expr_end;
3583 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3584 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3585
3586 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3587 case '2':
3588 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3589 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3590 break;
3591 s = expr_end;
3592 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3593 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3594 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3595
3596 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3597 case '{':
3598 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3599 {
3600 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3601 s += 2;
3602 }
3603 else
3604 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3605 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3606 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3607 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3608 flag = SGL;
3609 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3610 flag = DBL;
3611 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3612 flag = QUAD;
3613 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3614
3615 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3616 case '_':
3617 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3618 s--;
3619 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3620 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3621 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3622 flag = SGL;
3623 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3624 flag = DBL;
3625 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3626 flag = QUAD;
3627 opcode |= flag << 13;
3628 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3629 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3630 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3631 {
3632 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3633 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3634 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3635 flag = 0;
3636 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3637 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3638 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3639 flag = 2;
3640 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3641 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3642 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3643 flag = 6;
3644 else
3645 abort ();
3646 }
3647 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3648 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3649 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3650 {
3651 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3652 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3653 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3654 flag = 1;
3655 else
3656 abort ();
3657 }
3658 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3659 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3660 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3661 {
3662 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3663 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3664 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3665 flag = 5;
3666 else
3667 abort ();
3668 }
3669 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3671
3672 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3673 case 'F':
3674 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3675 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3676 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3677
3678 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3679 case 'G':
3680 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3681 s--;
3682 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3683 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3685
3686 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3687 case 'I':
3688 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3689 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3690 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3691
3692 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3693 Only allows single and double precision. */
3694 case 'H':
3695 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 switch (flag)
3697 {
3698 case SGL:
3699 opcode |= 0x20;
3700 case DBL:
3701 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3702 continue;
3703
3704 case QUAD:
3705 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3706 default:
3707 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3708 }
3709 break;
3710
3711 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3712 case 'f':
3713 switch (*++args)
3714 {
3715 /* Float target register. */
3716 case 't':
3717 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3718 break;
3719 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3720 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3721 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3722
3723 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3724 case 'T':
3725 {
3726 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3727 break;
3728 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3729 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3730 opcode |= num;
3731
3732 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3733 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3734 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3735 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3736 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3737 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3738
3739 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3740 continue;
3741 }
3742
3743 /* Float operand 1. */
3744 case 'a':
3745 {
3746 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3747 break;
3748 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3749 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3750 opcode |= num << 21;
3751 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3752 {
3753 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3754 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3755 }
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3760 case 'X':
3761 case 'A':
3762 {
3763 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3764 break;
3765 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3766 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3767 opcode |= num << 21;
3768 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Float operand 2. */
3773 case 'b':
3774 {
3775 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3776 break;
3777 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3778 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3779 opcode |= num << 16;
3780 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3781 {
3782 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3783 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3784 }
3785 continue;
3786 }
3787
3788 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3789 case 'B':
3790 {
3791 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3792 break;
3793 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3794 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3795 opcode |= num << 16;
3796 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3797 continue;
3798 }
3799
3800 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3801 case 'C':
3802 {
3803 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3804 break;
3805 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3806 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3807 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3808 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3809 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3810 continue;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3814 case 'i':
3815 {
3816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 break;
3818 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3821 {
3822 if (num < 16)
3823 {
3824 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3825 break;
3826 }
3827 num &= 0xF;
3828 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3829 }
3830 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3831 }
3832
3833 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3834 case 'j':
3835 {
3836 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3837 break;
3838 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3839 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3840 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3841 {
3842 if (num < 16)
3843 {
3844 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3845 break;
3846 }
3847 num &= 0xF;
3848 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3849 }
3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3851 }
3852
3853 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3854 case 'k':
3855 {
3856 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3857 break;
3858 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3859 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3860 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3861 {
3862 if (num < 16)
3863 {
3864 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3865 break;
3866 }
3867 num &= 0xF;
3868 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3869 }
3870 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3874 case 'l':
3875 {
3876 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3877 break;
3878 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3879 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3880 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3881 {
3882 if (num < 16)
3883 {
3884 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3885 break;
3886 }
3887 num &= 0xF;
3888 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3889 }
3890 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3891 }
3892
3893 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3894 case 'm':
3895 {
3896 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3897 break;
3898 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3899 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3900 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3901 {
3902 if (num < 16)
3903 {
3904 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3905 break;
3906 }
3907 num &= 0xF;
3908 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3909 }
3910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3911 }
3912
3913 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3914 case 'E':
3915 case 'e':
3916 {
3917 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3918 break;
3919 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3920 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3921 opcode |= num << 16;
3922 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3923 {
3924 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3925 }
3926 continue;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3930 case 'x':
3931 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3932 break;
3933 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3934 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3935 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3936
3937 default:
3938 abort ();
3939 }
3940 break;
3941
3942 default:
3943 abort ();
3944 }
3945 break;
3946 }
3947
3948 failed:
3949 /* Check if the args matched. */
3950 if (match == FALSE)
3951 {
3952 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3953 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3954 {
3955 ++insn;
3956 s = argstart;
3957 continue;
3958 }
3959 else
3960 {
3961 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3962 return;
3963 }
3964 }
3965 break;
3966 }
3967
3968 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3969 }
3970
3971 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3972 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3973 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3974
3975 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3976
3977 char *
3978 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3979 char type;
3980 char *litP;
3981 int *sizeP;
3982 {
3983 int prec;
3984 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3985 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3986 char *t;
3987
3988 switch (type)
3989 {
3990
3991 case 'f':
3992 case 'F':
3993 case 's':
3994 case 'S':
3995 prec = 2;
3996 break;
3997
3998 case 'd':
3999 case 'D':
4000 case 'r':
4001 case 'R':
4002 prec = 4;
4003 break;
4004
4005 case 'x':
4006 case 'X':
4007 prec = 6;
4008 break;
4009
4010 case 'p':
4011 case 'P':
4012 prec = 6;
4013 break;
4014
4015 default:
4016 *sizeP = 0;
4017 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4018 }
4019 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4020 if (t)
4021 input_line_pointer = t;
4022 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4023 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4024 {
4025 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4026 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4027 }
4028 return NULL;
4029 }
4030
4031 /* Write out big-endian. */
4032
4033 void
4034 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4035 char *buf;
4036 valueT val;
4037 int n;
4038 {
4039 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4040 }
4041
4042 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4043 format. */
4044
4045 arelent **
4046 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4047 asection *section;
4048 fixS *fixp;
4049 {
4050 arelent *reloc;
4051 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4052 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4053 arelent **relocs;
4054 reloc_type **codes;
4055 reloc_type code;
4056 int n_relocs;
4057 int i;
4058
4059 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4060 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4061 return &no_relocs;
4062
4063 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4064 assert (section != 0);
4065
4066 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4067
4068 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4069 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4070 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4071 fixp->fx_r_type,
4072 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4073 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4074 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4075 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4076
4077 if (codes == NULL)
4078 {
4079 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4080 abort ();
4081 }
4082
4083 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4084 ;
4085
4086 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4087 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4088 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4089 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4090
4091 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4092
4093 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4094 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4095 {
4096 default:
4097 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4098
4099 code = *codes[0];
4100
4101 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4102 switch (code)
4103 {
4104 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4105 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4106 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4107 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4108 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4109 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4110 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4111 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4112 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4113 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4114
4115 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4116 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4117 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4118 reloc->addend = 0;
4119 break;
4120
4121 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4122 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4123 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4124 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4125 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4126 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4127 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4128 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4129 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4130 fixp->fx_offset);
4131 break;
4132 #endif
4133
4134 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4135 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4136 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4137 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4138 /* Fall thru */
4139
4140 default:
4141 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4142 break;
4143 }
4144
4145 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4146 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4147 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4148 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4149 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4150
4151 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4152 break;
4153 }
4154 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4155
4156 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4157 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4158 {
4159 code = *codes[i];
4160
4161 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4162 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4163 relocs[i]->howto =
4164 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4165 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4166 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4167
4168 switch (code)
4169 {
4170 case R_COMP2:
4171 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4172 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4173 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4174 assert (i == 1);
4175 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4176 relocs[0]->howto =
4177 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4178 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4179 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4180 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4181 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4182 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4183 relocs[1]->howto =
4184 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4185 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4186 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4187 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4188 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4189 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4190 relocs[2]->howto =
4191 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4192 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4193 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4194 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4195 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4196 relocs[3]->howto =
4197 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4198 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4199 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4200 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4201 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4202 relocs[4]->howto =
4203 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4204 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4205 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4206 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4207 goto done;
4208 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4209 case R_ABS_CALL:
4210 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4211 break;
4212
4213 case R_DLT_REL:
4214 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4215 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4216 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4217 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4218 (static link required).
4219
4220 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4221
4222 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4223 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4224 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4225 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4226 break;
4227
4228 case R_N_MODE:
4229 case R_S_MODE:
4230 case R_D_MODE:
4231 case R_R_MODE:
4232 case R_FSEL:
4233 case R_LSEL:
4234 case R_RSEL:
4235 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4236 case R_END_BRTAB:
4237 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4238 case R_N0SEL:
4239 case R_N1SEL:
4240 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4241 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4242 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4243 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4244 break;
4245
4246 case R_END_TRY:
4247 case R_ENTRY:
4248 case R_EXIT:
4249 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4250 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4251 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4252 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4253 break;
4254
4255 default:
4256 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4257 }
4258 }
4259
4260 done:
4261 #endif
4262
4263 return relocs;
4264 }
4265
4266 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4267
4268 void
4269 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4270 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4271 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4272 register fragS *fragP;
4273 {
4274 unsigned int address;
4275
4276 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4277 {
4278 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4279 {
4280 case 0:
4281 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4282 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4283 know (fragP->fr_next);
4284 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4285 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4286 {
4287 fragP->fr_offset =
4288 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4289 - fragP->fr_address
4290 - fragP->fr_fix;
4291 }
4292 else
4293 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4294 break;
4295 }
4296 }
4297 }
4298
4299 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4300
4301 valueT
4302 md_section_align (segment, size)
4303 asection *segment;
4304 valueT size;
4305 {
4306 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4307 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4308
4309 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4310 }
4311
4312 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4313 int
4314 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4315 register fragS *fragP;
4316 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4317 {
4318 int size;
4319
4320 size = 0;
4321
4322 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4323 size++;
4324
4325 return size;
4326 }
4327 \f
4328 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4329 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4330 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4331 # else
4332 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4333 # endif
4334 #else
4335 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4336 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4337 # else
4338 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4339 # endif
4340 #endif
4341
4342 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4343 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4344 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4345 #endif
4346 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4347 };
4348 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4349
4350 int
4351 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4352 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4353 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4354 {
4355 switch (c)
4356 {
4357 default:
4358 return 0;
4359
4360 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4361 case 'V':
4362 print_version_id ();
4363 break;
4364 #endif
4365 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4366 case 'c':
4367 warn_comment = 1;
4368 break;
4369 #endif
4370 }
4371
4372 return 1;
4373 }
4374
4375 void
4376 md_show_usage (stream)
4377 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4378 {
4379 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4380 fprintf (stream, _("\
4381 -Q ignored\n"));
4382 #endif
4383 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4384 fprintf (stream, _("\
4385 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4386 #endif
4387 }
4388 \f
4389 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4390
4391 symbolS *
4392 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4393 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4394 {
4395 return 0;
4396 }
4397
4398 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4399 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4400 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4401 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4402 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4403 #else
4404 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4405 #endif
4406
4407 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4408
4409 void
4410 md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4411 fixS *fixP;
4412 valueT *valP;
4413 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4414 {
4415 unsigned char *buf;
4416 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4417 offsetT new_val;
4418 int insn, val, fmt;
4419
4420 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4421 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4422
4423 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4424 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4425 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4426 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4427 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4428 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4429 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4430 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4431 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4432 return;
4433
4434 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4435 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4436 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4437 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4438 {
4439 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4440 return;
4441 }
4442 #endif
4443 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4444 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4445 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4446 return;
4447 #endif
4448
4449 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4450 with the GAS fixup. */
4451 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4452 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4453 {
4454 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4455 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4456 fixP->fx_r_type);
4457 return;
4458 }
4459
4460 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4461 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4462 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4463
4464 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4465 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4466 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4467 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4468 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4469 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4470 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4471 && fmt != 32
4472 #endif
4473 )
4474 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4475 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4476 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4477 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4478 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4479 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4480 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4481 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4482 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4483 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4484 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4485 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4486 else if (fmt == 32
4487 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4488 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4489 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4490 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4491 #endif
4492 else
4493 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4494
4495 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4496 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4497 && fixP->fx_addsy
4498 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4499 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4500 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4501 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4502 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4503 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4504 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4505 #endif
4506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4507 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4508 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4509 #endif
4510 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4511 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4512 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4513 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4514 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4515 {
4516 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4517 }
4518
4519 switch (fmt)
4520 {
4521 case 10:
4522 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4523 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4524 val = new_val;
4525
4526 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4527 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4528 break;
4529 case -11:
4530 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4531 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4532 val = new_val;
4533
4534 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4535 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4536 break;
4537 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4538 case 14:
4539 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4540 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4541 val = new_val;
4542
4543 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4544 break;
4545
4546 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4547 case 21:
4548 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4549 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4550 val = new_val;
4551
4552 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4553 break;
4554
4555 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4556 case 11:
4557 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4558 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4559 val = new_val;
4560
4561 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4562 break;
4563
4564 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4565 case 12:
4566 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4567 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4568 val = new_val - 8;
4569
4570 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4571 break;
4572
4573 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4574 case 17:
4575 {
4576 offsetT distance = * valP;
4577
4578 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4579 range target, then we want to complain. */
4580 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4581 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4582 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4583 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4584
4585 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4586 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4587 val = new_val - 8;
4588
4589 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4590 break;
4591 }
4592
4593 case 22:
4594 {
4595 offsetT distance = * valP;
4596
4597 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4598 range target, then we want to complain. */
4599 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4600 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4601 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4602 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4603
4604 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4605 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4606 val = new_val - 8;
4607
4608 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4609 break;
4610 }
4611
4612 case -10:
4613 val = new_val;
4614 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4615 break;
4616
4617 case -16:
4618 val = new_val;
4619 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4620 break;
4621
4622 case 16:
4623 val = new_val;
4624 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4625 break;
4626
4627 case 32:
4628 insn = new_val;
4629 break;
4630
4631 default:
4632 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4633 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4634 return;
4635 }
4636
4637 /* Insert the relocation. */
4638 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4642 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4643
4644 long
4645 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4646 fixS *fixP;
4647 {
4648 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4649 }
4650
4651 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4652 a statement. */
4653
4654 static int
4655 is_end_of_statement ()
4656 {
4657 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4658 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4659 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4660 }
4661
4662 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4663 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4664 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4665
4666 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4667 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4668 returned in `pa_number'.
4669
4670 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4671 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4672 not set.
4673
4674 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4675 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4676
4677 static int
4678 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4679 char **s;
4680 int is_float;
4681 {
4682 int num;
4683 char *name;
4684 char c;
4685 symbolS *sym;
4686 int status;
4687 char *p = *s;
4688 boolean have_prefix;
4689
4690 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4691 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4692 p = p + 1;
4693
4694 pa_number = -1;
4695 have_prefix = 0;
4696 num = 0;
4697 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4698 {
4699 /* Looks like a number. */
4700
4701 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4702 {
4703 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4704 p += 2;
4705 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4706 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4707 {
4708 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4709 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4710 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4711 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4712 else
4713 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4714 ++p;
4715 }
4716 }
4717 else
4718 {
4719 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4720 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4721 {
4722 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4723 ++p;
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 pa_number = num;
4728
4729 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4730 if (is_float)
4731 {
4732 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4733 if (! (is_float & 2))
4734 {
4735 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4736 {
4737 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4738 ++p;
4739 }
4740 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4741 {
4742 ++p;
4743 }
4744 }
4745 }
4746 }
4747 else if (*p == '%')
4748 {
4749 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4750 have_prefix = 1;
4751 name = p;
4752 p++;
4753 c = *p;
4754 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4755 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4756 slow. */
4757 if (c == 'r')
4758 {
4759 p++;
4760 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4761 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4762 {
4763 p += 2;
4764 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4765 p++;
4766 }
4767 else if (*p == 'p')
4768 {
4769 num = 2;
4770 p++;
4771 }
4772 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4773 {
4774 if (print_errors)
4775 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4776 num = -1;
4777 }
4778 else
4779 {
4780 do
4781 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4782 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4783 }
4784 }
4785 else
4786 {
4787 /* Do a normal register search. */
4788 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4789 {
4790 p = p + 1;
4791 c = *p;
4792 }
4793 *p = 0;
4794 status = reg_name_search (name);
4795 if (status >= 0)
4796 num = status;
4797 else
4798 {
4799 if (print_errors)
4800 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4801 num = -1;
4802 }
4803 *p = c;
4804 }
4805
4806 pa_number = num;
4807 }
4808 else
4809 {
4810 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4811 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4812 name = p;
4813 c = *p;
4814 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4815 {
4816 p = p + 1;
4817 c = *p;
4818 }
4819 *p = 0;
4820 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4821 {
4822 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4823 {
4824 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4825 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4826 register, so... */
4827 have_prefix = true;
4828 }
4829 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4830 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4831 else if (!strict)
4832 {
4833 if (print_errors)
4834 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4835 num = -1;
4836 }
4837 }
4838 else if (!strict)
4839 {
4840 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4841 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4842 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4843 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4844 if (*name == 0)
4845 num = 0;
4846 else
4847 {
4848 if (print_errors)
4849 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4850 num = -1;
4851 }
4852 }
4853 *p = c;
4854
4855 pa_number = num;
4856 }
4857
4858 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4859 {
4860 *s = p;
4861 return 1;
4862 }
4863 return 0;
4864 }
4865
4866 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4867
4868 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4869 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4870
4871 static int
4872 reg_name_search (name)
4873 char *name;
4874 {
4875 int middle, low, high;
4876 int cmp;
4877
4878 low = 0;
4879 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4880
4881 do
4882 {
4883 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4884 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4885 if (cmp < 0)
4886 high = middle - 1;
4887 else if (cmp > 0)
4888 low = middle + 1;
4889 else
4890 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4891 }
4892 while (low <= high);
4893
4894 return -1;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4898 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4899
4900 static int
4901 need_pa11_opcode ()
4902 {
4903 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4904 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4905 {
4906 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4907 then set a new architecture. */
4908 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4909 {
4910 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4911 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4912 }
4913 return TRUE;
4914 }
4915 else
4916 return FALSE;
4917 }
4918
4919 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4920 code associated with the condition. */
4921
4922 static int
4923 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4924 char **s;
4925 {
4926 int cond, i;
4927
4928 cond = 0;
4929
4930 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4931 {
4932 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4933 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4934 {
4935 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4936 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4937 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4938 report an error. */
4939 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4940 {
4941 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4942 break;
4943 }
4944 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4945 *s = *s + 1;
4946 return cond;
4947 }
4948 }
4949
4950 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4951
4952 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4953 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4954 *s += 1;
4955
4956 return 0;
4957 }
4958
4959 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4960
4961 static int
4962 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4963 char **s;
4964 {
4965 int value;
4966
4967 value = 0;
4968 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4969 {
4970 value = 5;
4971 *s += 4;
4972 }
4973 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4974 {
4975 value = 9;
4976 *s += 4;
4977 }
4978 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4979 {
4980 value = 13;
4981 *s += 4;
4982 }
4983 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4984 {
4985 value = 17;
4986 *s += 4;
4987 }
4988 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4989 {
4990 value = 1;
4991 *s += 3;
4992 }
4993 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4994 {
4995 value = 6;
4996 *s += 4;
4997 }
4998 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4999 {
5000 value = 2;
5001 *s += 3;
5002 }
5003 else
5004 {
5005 value = 0;
5006 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5007 }
5008
5009 return value;
5010 }
5011
5012 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5013 type. */
5014
5015 static fp_operand_format
5016 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5017 char **s;
5018 {
5019 int format;
5020
5021 format = SGL;
5022 if (**s == ',')
5023 {
5024 *s += 1;
5025 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5026 {
5027 format = SGL;
5028 *s += 4;
5029 }
5030 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5031 {
5032 format = DBL;
5033 *s += 4;
5034 }
5035 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5036 {
5037 format = QUAD;
5038 *s += 5;
5039 }
5040 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5041 {
5042 format = W;
5043 *s += 2;
5044 }
5045 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5046 {
5047 format = UW;
5048 *s += 3;
5049 }
5050 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5051 {
5052 format = DW;
5053 *s += 3;
5054 }
5055 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5056 {
5057 format = UDW;
5058 *s += 4;
5059 }
5060 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5061 {
5062 format = QW;
5063 *s += 3;
5064 }
5065 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5066 {
5067 format = UQW;
5068 *s += 4;
5069 }
5070 else
5071 {
5072 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5073 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5074 }
5075 }
5076
5077 return format;
5078 }
5079
5080 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5081 type. */
5082
5083 static fp_operand_format
5084 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5085 char **s;
5086 {
5087 int format;
5088
5089 format = SGL;
5090 if (**s == ',')
5091 {
5092 *s += 1;
5093 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5094 {
5095 format = SGL;
5096 *s += 4;
5097 }
5098 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5099 {
5100 format = DBL;
5101 *s += 4;
5102 }
5103 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5104 {
5105 format = QUAD;
5106 *s += 5;
5107 }
5108 else
5109 {
5110 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5111 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5112 }
5113 }
5114
5115 return format;
5116 }
5117
5118 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5119
5120 static int
5121 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5122 char **str;
5123 {
5124 int middle, low, high;
5125 int cmp;
5126 char name[4];
5127
5128 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5129 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5130 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5131 *str = *str + 1;
5132
5133 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5134 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5135 name[1] = 0;
5136 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5137 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5138 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5139 name[2] = 0;
5140 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5141 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5142 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5143 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5144 name[3] = 0;
5145 else
5146 return e_fsel;
5147
5148 low = 0;
5149 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5150
5151 do
5152 {
5153 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5154 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5155 if (cmp < 0)
5156 high = middle - 1;
5157 else if (cmp > 0)
5158 low = middle + 1;
5159 else
5160 {
5161 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5162 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5163 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5164 return e_fsel;
5165 #endif
5166 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5167 }
5168 }
5169 while (low <= high);
5170
5171 return e_fsel;
5172 }
5173
5174 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5175
5176 static int
5177 get_expression (str)
5178 char *str;
5179 {
5180 char *save_in;
5181 asection *seg;
5182
5183 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5184 input_line_pointer = str;
5185 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5186 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5187 || seg == undefined_section
5188 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5189 {
5190 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5191 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5192 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5193 return 1;
5194 }
5195 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5196 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5197 return 0;
5198 }
5199
5200 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5201 static int
5202 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5203 struct pa_it *insn;
5204 char **strp;
5205 {
5206 char *save_in;
5207
5208 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5209 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5210 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5211 expression (&insn->exp);
5212 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5213
5214 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5215 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5216 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5217
5218 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5219 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5220 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5221 {
5222 char *s, c;
5223 int retval;
5224
5225 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5226 s = *strp;
5227 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5228 s++;
5229
5230 c = *s;
5231 *s = 0;
5232
5233 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5234
5235 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5236 *s = c;
5237 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5238 }
5239 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5240 and return to our caller. */
5241 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5242 {
5243 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5244 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5245 return 0;
5246 }
5247 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5248 {
5249 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5250 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5251 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5252 return 0;
5253 }
5254 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5255 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5256 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5257 }
5258
5259 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5260 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5261 static int
5262 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5263 struct pa_it *insn;
5264 {
5265 offsetT value;
5266 expressionS exp;
5267 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5268
5269 exp = insn->exp;
5270 value = exp.X_add_number;
5271
5272 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5273 }
5274
5275 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5276 argument location number. */
5277
5278 static unsigned int
5279 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5280 char *type_name;
5281 {
5282
5283 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5284 return 0;
5285 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5286 return 1;
5287 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5288 return 2;
5289 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5290 return 3;
5291 else
5292 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5293
5294 return 0;
5295 }
5296
5297 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5298 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5299
5300 static unsigned int
5301 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5302 unsigned int reg;
5303 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5304 {
5305 unsigned int new_reloc;
5306
5307 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5308 switch (reg)
5309 {
5310 case 0:
5311 new_reloc <<= 8;
5312 break;
5313 case 1:
5314 new_reloc <<= 6;
5315 break;
5316 case 2:
5317 new_reloc <<= 4;
5318 break;
5319 case 3:
5320 new_reloc <<= 2;
5321 break;
5322 default:
5323 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5324 }
5325
5326 return new_reloc;
5327 }
5328
5329 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5330 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5331
5332 static int
5333 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5334 char **s;
5335 {
5336 int nullif;
5337
5338 nullif = 0;
5339 if (**s == ',')
5340 {
5341 *s = *s + 1;
5342 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5343 nullif = 1;
5344 else
5345 {
5346 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5347 nullif = 0;
5348 }
5349 *s = *s + 1;
5350 }
5351
5352 return nullif;
5353 }
5354
5355 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5356 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5357
5358 static int
5359 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5360 char **s;
5361 {
5362 int cmpltr;
5363 char *name = *s + 1;
5364 char c;
5365 char *save_s = *s;
5366 int nullify = 0;
5367
5368 cmpltr = 0;
5369 if (**s == ',')
5370 {
5371 *s += 1;
5372 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5373 *s += 1;
5374 c = **s;
5375 **s = 0x00;
5376
5377 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5378 {
5379 cmpltr = 1;
5380 }
5381 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5382 {
5383 cmpltr = 2;
5384 }
5385 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5386 {
5387 cmpltr = 3;
5388 }
5389 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5390 {
5391 cmpltr = 4;
5392 }
5393 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5394 {
5395 cmpltr = 5;
5396 }
5397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5398 {
5399 cmpltr = 6;
5400 }
5401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 7;
5404 }
5405 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5406 completer. */
5407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5408 {
5409 cmpltr = 0;
5410 nullify = 1;
5411 }
5412 else
5413 {
5414 cmpltr = -1;
5415 }
5416 **s = c;
5417 }
5418
5419 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5420 if (nullify)
5421 *s = save_s;
5422
5423 return cmpltr;
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5427 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5428
5429 static int
5430 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5431 char **s;
5432 {
5433 int cmpltr;
5434 char *name = *s + 1;
5435 char c;
5436 char *save_s = *s;
5437 int nullify = 0;
5438
5439 cmpltr = 0;
5440 if (**s == ',')
5441 {
5442 *s += 1;
5443 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5444 *s += 1;
5445 c = **s;
5446 **s = 0x00;
5447
5448 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5449 {
5450 cmpltr = 0;
5451 }
5452 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5453 {
5454 cmpltr = 1;
5455 }
5456 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5457 {
5458 cmpltr = 2;
5459 }
5460 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5461 {
5462 cmpltr = 3;
5463 }
5464 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5465 {
5466 cmpltr = 4;
5467 }
5468 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5469 {
5470 cmpltr = 5;
5471 }
5472 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5473 {
5474 cmpltr = 6;
5475 }
5476 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 7;
5479 }
5480 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5481 completer. */
5482 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5483 {
5484 cmpltr = 0;
5485 nullify = 1;
5486 }
5487 else
5488 {
5489 cmpltr = -1;
5490 }
5491 **s = c;
5492 }
5493
5494 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5495 if (nullify)
5496 *s = save_s;
5497
5498 return cmpltr;
5499 }
5500
5501 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5502 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5503
5504 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5505 returned as 8-15. */
5506
5507 static int
5508 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5509 char **s;
5510 {
5511 int cmpltr;
5512 char *name = *s + 1;
5513 char c;
5514
5515 cmpltr = -1;
5516 if (**s == ',')
5517 {
5518 *s += 1;
5519 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5520 *s += 1;
5521 c = **s;
5522 **s = 0x00;
5523
5524 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5525 {
5526 cmpltr = 0;
5527 }
5528 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5529 {
5530 cmpltr = 1;
5531 }
5532 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5533 {
5534 cmpltr = 2;
5535 }
5536 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5537 {
5538 cmpltr = 3;
5539 }
5540 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5541 {
5542 cmpltr = 4;
5543 }
5544 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5545 {
5546 cmpltr = 5;
5547 }
5548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5549 {
5550 cmpltr = 6;
5551 }
5552 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5553 {
5554 cmpltr = 7;
5555 }
5556 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 8;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 9;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 10;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 11;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 12;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 13;
5579 }
5580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = 14;
5583 }
5584 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5585 {
5586 cmpltr = 15;
5587 }
5588 else
5589 {
5590 cmpltr = -1;
5591 }
5592 **s = c;
5593 }
5594
5595 return cmpltr;
5596 }
5597
5598 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5599 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5600
5601 static int
5602 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5603 char **s;
5604 {
5605 int cmpltr;
5606 char *name = *s + 1;
5607 char c;
5608
5609 cmpltr = -1;
5610 if (**s == ',')
5611 {
5612 *s += 1;
5613 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5614 *s += 1;
5615 c = **s;
5616 **s = 0x00;
5617
5618 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5619 {
5620 cmpltr = 0;
5621 }
5622 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5623 {
5624 cmpltr = 1;
5625 }
5626 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5627 {
5628 cmpltr = 2;
5629 }
5630 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5631 {
5632 cmpltr = 3;
5633 }
5634 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5635 {
5636 cmpltr = 4;
5637 }
5638 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5639 {
5640 cmpltr = 5;
5641 }
5642 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = 6;
5645 }
5646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5647 {
5648 cmpltr = 7;
5649 }
5650 else
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = -1;
5653 }
5654 **s = c;
5655 }
5656
5657 return cmpltr;
5658 }
5659
5660 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5661 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5662
5663 static int
5664 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5665 char **s;
5666 {
5667 int cmpltr;
5668 char *name = *s + 1;
5669 char c;
5670 char *save_s = *s;
5671 int nullify = 0;
5672
5673 cmpltr = 0;
5674 if (**s == ',')
5675 {
5676 *s += 1;
5677 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5678 *s += 1;
5679 c = **s;
5680 **s = 0x00;
5681 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5682 {
5683 cmpltr = 1;
5684 }
5685 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5686 {
5687 cmpltr = 2;
5688 }
5689 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5690 {
5691 cmpltr = 3;
5692 }
5693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5694 {
5695 cmpltr = 4;
5696 }
5697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5698 {
5699 cmpltr = 5;
5700 }
5701 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5702 {
5703 cmpltr = 6;
5704 }
5705 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5706 {
5707 cmpltr = 7;
5708 }
5709 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5710 completer. */
5711 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5712 {
5713 cmpltr = 0;
5714 nullify = 1;
5715 }
5716 else
5717 {
5718 cmpltr = -1;
5719 }
5720 **s = c;
5721 }
5722
5723 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5724 if (nullify)
5725 *s = save_s;
5726
5727 return cmpltr;
5728 }
5729
5730 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5731 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5732
5733 static int
5734 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5735 char **s;
5736 {
5737 int cmpltr;
5738 char *name = *s + 1;
5739 char c;
5740 char *save_s = *s;
5741 int nullify = 0;
5742
5743 cmpltr = 0;
5744 if (**s == ',')
5745 {
5746 *s += 1;
5747 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5748 *s += 1;
5749 c = **s;
5750 **s = 0x00;
5751 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5752 {
5753 cmpltr = 0;
5754 }
5755 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5756 {
5757 cmpltr = 1;
5758 }
5759 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5760 {
5761 cmpltr = 2;
5762 }
5763 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5764 {
5765 cmpltr = 3;
5766 }
5767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5768 {
5769 cmpltr = 4;
5770 }
5771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5772 {
5773 cmpltr = 5;
5774 }
5775 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5776 {
5777 cmpltr = 6;
5778 }
5779 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 7;
5782 }
5783 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5784 completer. */
5785 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5786 {
5787 cmpltr = 0;
5788 nullify = 1;
5789 }
5790 else
5791 {
5792 cmpltr = -1;
5793 }
5794 **s = c;
5795 }
5796
5797 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5798 if (nullify)
5799 *s = save_s;
5800
5801 return cmpltr;
5802 }
5803
5804 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5805 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5806
5807 static int
5808 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5809 char **s;
5810 {
5811 int cmpltr;
5812 char *name = *s + 1;
5813 char c;
5814 char *save_s = *s;
5815 int nullify = 0;
5816
5817 cmpltr = 0;
5818 if (**s == ',')
5819 {
5820 *s += 1;
5821 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5822 *s += 1;
5823 c = **s;
5824 **s = 0x00;
5825 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5826 {
5827 cmpltr = 1;
5828 }
5829 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5830 {
5831 cmpltr = 2;
5832 }
5833 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5834 {
5835 cmpltr = 3;
5836 }
5837 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5838 {
5839 cmpltr = 4;
5840 }
5841 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5842 {
5843 cmpltr = 5;
5844 }
5845 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5846 {
5847 cmpltr = 6;
5848 }
5849 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5850 {
5851 cmpltr = 7;
5852 }
5853 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5854 {
5855 cmpltr = 8;
5856 }
5857 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5858 {
5859 cmpltr = 9;
5860 }
5861 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5862 {
5863 cmpltr = 10;
5864 }
5865 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5866 {
5867 cmpltr = 11;
5868 }
5869 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5870 {
5871 cmpltr = 12;
5872 }
5873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5874 {
5875 cmpltr = 13;
5876 }
5877 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5878 {
5879 cmpltr = 14;
5880 }
5881 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5882 {
5883 cmpltr = 15;
5884 }
5885 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5886 completer. */
5887 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5888 {
5889 cmpltr = 0;
5890 nullify = 1;
5891 }
5892 else
5893 {
5894 cmpltr = -1;
5895 }
5896 **s = c;
5897 }
5898
5899 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5900 if (nullify)
5901 *s = save_s;
5902
5903 return cmpltr;
5904 }
5905
5906 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5907 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5908 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5909 static void
5910 pa_align (bytes)
5911 int bytes;
5912 {
5913 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5914 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5915
5916 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5917 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5918
5919 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5920 alignment if necessary. */
5921 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5922 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5923 }
5924 #endif
5925
5926 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5927
5928 static void
5929 pa_block (z)
5930 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5931 {
5932 char *p;
5933 long int temp_fill;
5934 unsigned int temp_size;
5935 unsigned int i;
5936
5937 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5938 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5939 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5940 #endif
5941
5942 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5943
5944 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5945 temp_fill = 0;
5946
5947 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5948 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5949 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5950
5951 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5952
5953 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5954 {
5955 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5956 (valueT) temp_fill,
5957 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5958 }
5959
5960 pa_undefine_label ();
5961 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5962 }
5963
5964 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5965
5966 static void
5967 pa_brtab (begin)
5968 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5969 {
5970
5971 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5972 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5973 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5974 char *where = frag_more (0);
5975
5976 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5977 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5978 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5979 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5980 #endif
5981
5982 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5983 }
5984
5985 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5986
5987 static void
5988 pa_try (begin)
5989 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5990 {
5991 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5992 expressionS exp;
5993 char *where = frag_more (0);
5994
5995 if (! begin)
5996 expression (&exp);
5997
5998 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5999 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6000
6001 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6002 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6003 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6004 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6005 #endif
6006
6007 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6008 }
6009
6010 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6011 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6012 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6013
6014 static void
6015 pa_call (unused)
6016 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6017 {
6018 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6019 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6020 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6021 #endif
6022
6023 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6024 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6025 }
6026
6027 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6028 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6029
6030 static void
6031 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6032 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6033 {
6034 char *name, c, *p;
6035 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6036
6037 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6038 {
6039 name = input_line_pointer;
6040 c = get_symbol_end ();
6041 /* Process a source argument. */
6042 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6043 {
6044 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6045 p = input_line_pointer;
6046 *p = c;
6047 input_line_pointer++;
6048 name = input_line_pointer;
6049 c = get_symbol_end ();
6050 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6051 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6052 }
6053 /* Process a return value. */
6054 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6055 {
6056 p = input_line_pointer;
6057 *p = c;
6058 input_line_pointer++;
6059 name = input_line_pointer;
6060 c = get_symbol_end ();
6061 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6062 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6063 }
6064 else
6065 {
6066 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6067 }
6068 p = input_line_pointer;
6069 *p = c;
6070 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6071 input_line_pointer++;
6072 }
6073 }
6074
6075 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6076
6077 static int
6078 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6079 fragS *frag1;
6080 fragS *frag2;
6081 {
6082
6083 if (frag1 == NULL)
6084 return (FALSE);
6085 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6086 return (FALSE);
6087 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6088 return (TRUE);
6089 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6090 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6091 else
6092 return (FALSE);
6093 }
6094
6095 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6096 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6097 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6098 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6099 of the unwind spaces. */
6100
6101 static void
6102 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6103 struct call_info *call_info;
6104 {
6105 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6106 subsegT save_subseg;
6107 unsigned int unwind;
6108 int reloc;
6109 char *p;
6110
6111 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6112 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6113 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6114 return;
6115
6116 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6117 save_seg = now_seg;
6118 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6119 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6120 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6121 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6122 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6123 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6124 {
6125 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6126 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6127 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6128 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6129 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6130 }
6131
6132 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6133
6134 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6135 descriptor. */
6136 p = frag_more (16);
6137
6138 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6139 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6140 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6141 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6142 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6143 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6144
6145 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6146
6147 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6148 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6149 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6150 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6151 finished with its work. */
6152 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6153 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6154 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6155 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6156 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6157
6158 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6159 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6160 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6161
6162 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6163 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6164
6165 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6166 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6167 }
6168 #endif
6169
6170 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6171 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6172 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6173
6174 static void
6175 pa_callinfo (unused)
6176 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6177 {
6178 char *name, c, *p;
6179 int temp;
6180
6181 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6182 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6183 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6184 #endif
6185
6186 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6187 if (!within_procedure)
6188 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6189
6190 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6191 current procedure. */
6192 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6193
6194 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6195 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6196 {
6197 name = input_line_pointer;
6198 c = get_symbol_end ();
6199 /* Frame size specification. */
6200 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6201 {
6202 p = input_line_pointer;
6203 *p = c;
6204 input_line_pointer++;
6205 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6206 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6207 {
6208 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6209 temp = 0;
6210 }
6211
6212 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6213 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6214
6215 }
6216 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6217 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6218 {
6219 p = input_line_pointer;
6220 *p = c;
6221 input_line_pointer++;
6222 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6223 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6224 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6225 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6226 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6227 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6228 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6229 }
6230 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6231 {
6232 p = input_line_pointer;
6233 *p = c;
6234 input_line_pointer++;
6235 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6236 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6237 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6238 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6239 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6240 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6241 }
6242 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6243 {
6244 p = input_line_pointer;
6245 *p = c;
6246 input_line_pointer++;
6247 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6248 if (temp != 3)
6249 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6250 }
6251 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6252 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6253 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6254 {
6255 p = input_line_pointer;
6256 *p = c;
6257 }
6258 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6259 {
6260 p = input_line_pointer;
6261 *p = c;
6262 }
6263 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6264 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6265 {
6266 p = input_line_pointer;
6267 *p = c;
6268 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6269 }
6270 /* Likewise for SP. */
6271 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6272 {
6273 p = input_line_pointer;
6274 *p = c;
6275 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6276 }
6277 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6278 in the unwind descriptor. */
6279 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6280 {
6281 p = input_line_pointer;
6282 *p = c;
6283 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6284 }
6285 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6286 unwind descriptor. */
6287 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6288 {
6289 p = input_line_pointer;
6290 *p = c;
6291 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6292 }
6293 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6294 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6295 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6296 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6297 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6298 {
6299 p = input_line_pointer;
6300 *p = c;
6301 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6302 }
6303 else
6304 {
6305 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6306 *input_line_pointer = c;
6307 }
6308 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6309 input_line_pointer++;
6310 }
6311
6312 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6313 }
6314
6315 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6316 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6317 label when finished. */
6318 static void
6319 pa_text (unused)
6320 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6321 {
6322 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6323 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6324 current_subspace
6325 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6326 #endif
6327
6328 s_text (0);
6329 pa_undefine_label ();
6330 }
6331
6332 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6333 static void
6334 pa_data (unused)
6335 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6336 {
6337 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6338 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6339 current_subspace
6340 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6341 #endif
6342 s_data (0);
6343 pa_undefine_label ();
6344 }
6345
6346 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6347 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6348
6349 <label> .comm <length>
6350
6351 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6352 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6353 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6354 and subspace.
6355
6356 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6357
6358 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6359 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6360 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6361 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6362 a pain.
6363
6364 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6365
6366 static void
6367 pa_comm (unused)
6368 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6369 {
6370 unsigned int size;
6371 symbolS *symbol;
6372 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6373
6374 if (label_symbol)
6375 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6376 else
6377 symbol = NULL;
6378
6379 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6380 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6381
6382 if (symbol)
6383 {
6384 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6385 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6386 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6387
6388 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6389 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6390 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6391 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6392 }
6393 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6394 }
6395 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6396
6397 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6398
6399 static void
6400 pa_end (unused)
6401 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6402 {
6403 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6404 }
6405
6406 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6407 static void
6408 pa_enter (unused)
6409 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6410 {
6411 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6412 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6413 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6414 #endif
6415
6416 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6417 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6421 procesure. */
6422 static void
6423 pa_entry (unused)
6424 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6425 {
6426 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6427 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6428 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6429 #endif
6430
6431 if (!within_procedure)
6432 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6433 else
6434 {
6435 if (!callinfo_found)
6436 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6437 }
6438 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6439 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6440
6441 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6442 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6443 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6444 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6445 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6446
6447 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6448 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6449 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6450 denote the entry and exit points. */
6451 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6452 {
6453 char *where;
6454 unsigned int u;
6455
6456 where = frag_more (0);
6457 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6458 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6459 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6460 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6461 }
6462 #endif
6463 }
6464
6465 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6466 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6467 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6468 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6469
6470 int
6471 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6472 expressionS *resultP;
6473 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6474 expressionS *rightP;
6475 {
6476 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6477 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6478 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6479 {
6480 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6481 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6482 }
6483 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6487
6488 static void
6489 pa_equ (reg)
6490 int reg;
6491 {
6492 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6493 symbolS *symbol;
6494
6495 if (label_symbol)
6496 {
6497 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6498 if (reg)
6499 {
6500 strict = 1;
6501 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6502 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6503 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6504 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6505 }
6506 else
6507 {
6508 expressionS exp;
6509 segT seg;
6510
6511 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6512 seg = expression (&exp);
6513 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6514 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6515 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6516 {
6517 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6518 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6519 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6520 seg = absolute_section;
6521 }
6522 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6523 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6524 }
6525 }
6526 else
6527 {
6528 if (reg)
6529 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6530 else
6531 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6532 }
6533
6534 pa_undefine_label ();
6535 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6536 }
6537
6538 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6539 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6540 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6541
6542 static void
6543 process_exit ()
6544 {
6545 char *where;
6546
6547 where = frag_more (0);
6548
6549 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6550 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6551 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6552 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6553 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6554 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6555 #else
6556 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6557 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6558 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6559 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6560
6561 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6562 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6563 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6564 denote the entry and exit points. */
6565 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6566 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6567 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6568 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6569 #endif
6570 }
6571
6572 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6573
6574 static void
6575 pa_exit (unused)
6576 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6577 {
6578 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6579 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6580 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6581 #endif
6582
6583 if (!within_procedure)
6584 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6585 else
6586 {
6587 if (!callinfo_found)
6588 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6589 else
6590 {
6591 if (!within_entry_exit)
6592 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6593 else
6594 {
6595 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6596 process_exit ();
6597 }
6598 }
6599 }
6600 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6601 }
6602
6603 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6604 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6605 to callers. */
6606
6607 static void
6608 pa_export (unused)
6609 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6610 {
6611 char *name, c, *p;
6612 symbolS *symbol;
6613
6614 name = input_line_pointer;
6615 c = get_symbol_end ();
6616 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6617 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6618 {
6619 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6620 p = input_line_pointer;
6621 *p = c;
6622 input_line_pointer++;
6623 }
6624 else
6625 {
6626 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6627 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6628 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6629 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6630 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6631 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6632 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6633 p = input_line_pointer;
6634 *p = c;
6635 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6636 {
6637 input_line_pointer++;
6638 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6639 }
6640 }
6641
6642 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6643 }
6644
6645 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6646
6647 static void
6648 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6649 symbolS *symbolP;
6650 int is_export;
6651 {
6652 char *name, c, *p;
6653 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6654 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6655 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6656
6657 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6658
6659 {
6660 input_line_pointer += 8;
6661 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6662 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6663 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6664 }
6665 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6666 {
6667 input_line_pointer += 4;
6668 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6669 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6670
6671 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6672 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6673 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6674 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6675 {
6676 if (is_export)
6677 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6678 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6679
6680 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6681 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6682 }
6683 else
6684 {
6685 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6686 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6687 }
6688 }
6689 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6690 {
6691 input_line_pointer += 4;
6692 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6693 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6694 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6695 }
6696 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6697 {
6698 input_line_pointer += 5;
6699 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6700 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6701 }
6702 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6703 {
6704 input_line_pointer += 9;
6705 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6706 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6707 {
6708 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6709 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6710 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6711 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6712 }
6713 #endif
6714 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6715 }
6716 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6717 {
6718 input_line_pointer += 6;
6719 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6720 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6721 }
6722 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer += 8;
6725 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6726 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6727 }
6728 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6729 {
6730 input_line_pointer += 8;
6731 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6732 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6733 }
6734
6735 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6736 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6737 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6738 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6739 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6740 #endif
6741
6742 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6743 handle any argument relocation information. */
6744 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6745 {
6746 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6747 input_line_pointer++;
6748 name = input_line_pointer;
6749 c = get_symbol_end ();
6750 /* Argument sources. */
6751 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6752 {
6753 p = input_line_pointer;
6754 *p = c;
6755 input_line_pointer++;
6756 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6757 name = input_line_pointer;
6758 c = get_symbol_end ();
6759 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6760 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6761 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6762 #endif
6763 *input_line_pointer = c;
6764 }
6765 /* The return value. */
6766 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6767 {
6768 p = input_line_pointer;
6769 *p = c;
6770 input_line_pointer++;
6771 name = input_line_pointer;
6772 c = get_symbol_end ();
6773 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6774 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6775 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6776 #endif
6777 *input_line_pointer = c;
6778 }
6779 /* Privelege level. */
6780 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6781 {
6782 p = input_line_pointer;
6783 *p = c;
6784 input_line_pointer++;
6785 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6787 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6788 #endif
6789 c = get_symbol_end ();
6790 *input_line_pointer = c;
6791 }
6792 else
6793 {
6794 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6795 p = input_line_pointer;
6796 *p = c;
6797 }
6798 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6799 input_line_pointer++;
6800 }
6801 }
6802
6803 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6804 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6805 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6806
6807 static void
6808 pa_import (unused)
6809 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6810 {
6811 char *name, c, *p;
6812 symbolS *symbol;
6813
6814 name = input_line_pointer;
6815 c = get_symbol_end ();
6816
6817 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6818 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6819 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6820 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6821 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6822 {
6823 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6824 p = input_line_pointer;
6825 *p = c;
6826
6827 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6828 {
6829 input_line_pointer++;
6830 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6831 }
6832 else
6833 {
6834 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6835 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6836 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6837 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6838 if (now_seg == text_section)
6839 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6840
6841 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6842 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6843 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6844 }
6845 }
6846 else
6847 {
6848 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6849 the end of the current statement. */
6850 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6851 input_line_pointer++;
6852 }
6853
6854 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6855 }
6856
6857 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6858
6859 static void
6860 pa_label (unused)
6861 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6862 {
6863 char *name, c, *p;
6864
6865 name = input_line_pointer;
6866 c = get_symbol_end ();
6867
6868 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6869 {
6870 colon (name);
6871 p = input_line_pointer;
6872 *p = c;
6873 }
6874 else
6875 {
6876 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6877 }
6878
6879 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6880 {
6881 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6882 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6883 }
6884 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6885 }
6886
6887 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6888
6889 static void
6890 pa_leave (unused)
6891 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6892 {
6893 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6894 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6895 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6896 #endif
6897
6898 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6899 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6900 }
6901
6902 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6903
6904 static void
6905 pa_level (unused)
6906 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6907 {
6908 char *level;
6909
6910 level = input_line_pointer;
6911 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6912 {
6913 input_line_pointer += 3;
6914 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6915 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6916 }
6917 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6918 {
6919 input_line_pointer += 3;
6920 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6921 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6922 }
6923 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6924 {
6925 input_line_pointer += 4;
6926 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6927 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6928 }
6929 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6930 {
6931 input_line_pointer += 3;
6932 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6933 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6934 }
6935 else
6936 {
6937 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6938 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6939 }
6940 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6941 }
6942
6943 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6944
6945 static void
6946 pa_origin (unused)
6947 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6948 {
6949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6950 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6951 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6952 #endif
6953
6954 s_org (0);
6955 pa_undefine_label ();
6956 }
6957
6958 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6959 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6960
6961 static void
6962 pa_param (unused)
6963 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6964 {
6965 char *name, c, *p;
6966 symbolS *symbol;
6967
6968 name = input_line_pointer;
6969 c = get_symbol_end ();
6970
6971 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6972 {
6973 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6974 p = input_line_pointer;
6975 *p = c;
6976 input_line_pointer++;
6977 }
6978 else
6979 {
6980 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6981 p = input_line_pointer;
6982 *p = c;
6983 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6984 {
6985 input_line_pointer++;
6986 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6987 }
6988 }
6989
6990 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6991 }
6992
6993 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6994 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6995
6996 static void
6997 pa_proc (unused)
6998 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6999 {
7000 struct call_info *call_info;
7001
7002 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7003 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7004 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7005 #endif
7006
7007 if (within_procedure)
7008 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7009
7010 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7011 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7012 within_procedure = TRUE;
7013
7014 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7015 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7016
7017 if (!call_info)
7018 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7019
7020 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7021
7022 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7023
7024 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7025 {
7026 call_info_root = call_info;
7027 last_call_info = call_info;
7028 }
7029 else
7030 {
7031 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7032 last_call_info = call_info;
7033 }
7034
7035 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7036
7037 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7038 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7039 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7040
7041 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7042 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7043 {
7044 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7045
7046 if (label_symbol)
7047 {
7048 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7049 {
7050 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7051 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7052 }
7053 else
7054 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7055 }
7056 else
7057 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7058 }
7059
7060 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7061 }
7062
7063 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7064 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7065
7066 static void
7067 pa_procend (unused)
7068 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7069 {
7070
7071 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7072 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7073 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7074 #endif
7075
7076 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7077 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7078 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7079
7080 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7081 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7082 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7083 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7084 {
7085 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7086
7087 if (label_symbol)
7088 {
7089 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7090 {
7091 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7092 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7093 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7094 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7095 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7096 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7097 if (within_entry_exit)
7098 {
7099 char *where;
7100 unsigned int u;
7101
7102 where = frag_more (0);
7103 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7104 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7105 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7106 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7107 }
7108 #endif
7109 }
7110 else
7111 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7112 }
7113 else
7114 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7115 }
7116
7117 if (!within_procedure)
7118 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7119
7120 if (!callinfo_found)
7121 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7122
7123 if (within_entry_exit)
7124 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7125
7126 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7127 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7128 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7129 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7130 #endif
7131
7132 within_procedure = FALSE;
7133 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7134 pa_undefine_label ();
7135 }
7136
7137 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7138 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7139 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7140
7141 static int
7142 log2 (value)
7143 int value;
7144 {
7145 int shift = 0;
7146
7147 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7148 shift++;
7149
7150 if (shift >= 32)
7151 return -1;
7152 else
7153 return shift;
7154 }
7155
7156 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7157
7158 static void
7159 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7160 {
7161 if (current_space == NULL)
7162 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7163
7164 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7165 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7166 }
7167
7168 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7169 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7170 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7171
7172 static sd_chain_struct *
7173 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7174 char *space_name;
7175 int create_flag;
7176 {
7177 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7178 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7179 int spnum;
7180 asection *seg = NULL;
7181 sd_chain_struct *space;
7182
7183 /* load default values */
7184 spnum = 0;
7185 sort = 0;
7186 loadable = TRUE;
7187 defined = TRUE;
7188 private = FALSE;
7189 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7190 {
7191 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7192 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7193 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7194 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7195 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7196 }
7197 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7198 {
7199 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7200 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7201 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7202 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7203 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7204 }
7205
7206 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7207 {
7208 print_errors = FALSE;
7209 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7210 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7211 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7212 the line should be ignored. */
7213 strict = 0;
7214 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7215 if (pa_number >= 0)
7216 {
7217 spnum = pa_number;
7218 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7219 }
7220 else
7221 {
7222 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7223 {
7224 input_line_pointer++;
7225 name = input_line_pointer;
7226 c = get_symbol_end ();
7227 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7228 {
7229 *input_line_pointer = c;
7230 input_line_pointer++;
7231 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7232 }
7233 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7234 {
7235 *input_line_pointer = c;
7236 input_line_pointer++;
7237 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7238 }
7239 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7240 {
7241 *input_line_pointer = c;
7242 loadable = FALSE;
7243 }
7244 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7245 {
7246 *input_line_pointer = c;
7247 defined = FALSE;
7248 }
7249 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7250 {
7251 *input_line_pointer = c;
7252 private = TRUE;
7253 }
7254 else
7255 {
7256 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7257 *input_line_pointer = c;
7258 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7259 input_line_pointer++;
7260 }
7261 }
7262 }
7263 print_errors = TRUE;
7264 }
7265
7266 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7267 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7268
7269 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7270 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7271 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7272 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7273 if (create_flag)
7274 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7275 private, sort, seg, 1);
7276 else
7277 {
7278 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7279 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7280 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7281 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7282 }
7283
7284 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7285 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7286 #endif
7287
7288 return space;
7289 }
7290
7291 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7292 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7293
7294 static void
7295 pa_space (unused)
7296 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7297 {
7298 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7299 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7300
7301 if (within_procedure)
7302 {
7303 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7304 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7305 }
7306 else
7307 {
7308 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7309 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7310 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7311 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7312 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7313 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7314 {
7315 input_line_pointer += 6;
7316 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7317 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7318 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7319 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7320 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7321
7322 current_space = sd_chain;
7323 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 current_subspace
7325 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7326 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7327 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7328 return;
7329 }
7330 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7331 {
7332 input_line_pointer += 9;
7333 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7334 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7335 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7336 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7337 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7338
7339 current_space = sd_chain;
7340 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 current_subspace
7342 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7343 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7344 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7345 return;
7346 }
7347 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7348 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7349 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7350 {
7351 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7352 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7353 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7354 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7355 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7356 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7357
7358 current_space = sd_chain;
7359
7360 {
7361 asection *gdb_section
7362 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7363
7364 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7365 current_subspace
7366 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7367 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7368 }
7369 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7370 return;
7371 }
7372
7373 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7374 print_errors = 0;
7375 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7376 strict = 0;
7377 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7378 if (pa_number >= 0)
7379 {
7380 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7381 {
7382 current_space = sd_chain;
7383
7384 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7385 current_subspace
7386 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7387 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7388 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7389 return;
7390 }
7391 }
7392
7393 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7394 print_errors = 1;
7395 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7396 name = input_line_pointer;
7397 c = get_symbol_end ();
7398 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7399 strcpy (space_name, name);
7400 *input_line_pointer = c;
7401
7402 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7403 current_space = sd_chain;
7404
7405 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7406 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7407 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7408 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7409 }
7410 }
7411
7412 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7413
7414 static void
7415 pa_spnum (unused)
7416 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7417 {
7418 char *name;
7419 char c;
7420 char *p;
7421 sd_chain_struct *space;
7422
7423 name = input_line_pointer;
7424 c = get_symbol_end ();
7425 space = is_defined_space (name);
7426 if (space)
7427 {
7428 p = frag_more (4);
7429 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7430 }
7431 else
7432 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7433
7434 *input_line_pointer = c;
7435 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7436 }
7437
7438 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7439 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7440
7441 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7442 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7443
7444 static void
7445 pa_subspace (create_new)
7446 int create_new;
7447 {
7448 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7449 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7450 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7451 sd_chain_struct *space;
7452 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7453 asection *section;
7454
7455 if (current_space == NULL)
7456 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7457
7458 if (within_procedure)
7459 {
7460 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7461 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7462 }
7463 else
7464 {
7465 name = input_line_pointer;
7466 c = get_symbol_end ();
7467 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7468 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7469 *input_line_pointer = c;
7470
7471 /* Load default values. */
7472 sort = 0;
7473 access = 0x7f;
7474 loadable = 1;
7475 common = 0;
7476 dup_common = 0;
7477 code_only = 0;
7478 zero = 0;
7479 space_index = ~0;
7480 alignment = 1;
7481 quadrant = 0;
7482
7483 space = current_space;
7484 if (create_new)
7485 ssd = NULL;
7486 else
7487 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7488 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7489 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7490 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7491 {
7492 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7493 current_subspace = ssd;
7494 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7495 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7496 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7497 return;
7498 }
7499 else
7500 {
7501 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7502 the builtin subspaces. */
7503 i = 0;
7504 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7505 {
7506 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7507 {
7508 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7509 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7510 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7511 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7512 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7513 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7514 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7515 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7516 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7517 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7518 break;
7519 }
7520 i++;
7521 }
7522 }
7523
7524 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7525 any information as specified by the user. */
7526 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7527 {
7528 input_line_pointer++;
7529 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7530 {
7531 name = input_line_pointer;
7532 c = get_symbol_end ();
7533 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7534 {
7535 *input_line_pointer = c;
7536 input_line_pointer++;
7537 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7538 }
7539 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7540 {
7541 *input_line_pointer = c;
7542 input_line_pointer++;
7543 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7544 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7545 {
7546 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7547 alignment = 1;
7548 }
7549 }
7550 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7551 {
7552 *input_line_pointer = c;
7553 input_line_pointer++;
7554 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7555 }
7556 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 input_line_pointer++;
7560 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7561 }
7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7563 {
7564 *input_line_pointer = c;
7565 code_only = 1;
7566 }
7567 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7568 {
7569 *input_line_pointer = c;
7570 loadable = 0;
7571 }
7572 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7573 {
7574 *input_line_pointer = c;
7575 common = 1;
7576 }
7577 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7578 {
7579 *input_line_pointer = c;
7580 dup_common = 1;
7581 }
7582 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7583 {
7584 *input_line_pointer = c;
7585 zero = 1;
7586 }
7587 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7588 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7589 else
7590 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7591 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7592 input_line_pointer++;
7593 }
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7597 in the .subspace directive. */
7598 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7599 flags = 0;
7600 if (loadable)
7601 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7602 if (code_only)
7603 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7604 if (common || dup_common)
7605 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7606
7607 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7608
7609 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7610 if (zero)
7611 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7612
7613 applicable &= flags;
7614
7615 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7616 segment already associated with the subspace.
7617
7618 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7619 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7620 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7621 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7622 if (create_new)
7623 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7624 else if (ssd)
7625 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7626 else
7627 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7628
7629 if (zero)
7630 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7631
7632 /* Now set the flags. */
7633 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7634
7635 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7636 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7637
7638 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7639 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7640 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7641
7642 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7643 or create a new one. */
7644 if (ssd)
7645
7646 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7647 code_only, common, dup_common,
7648 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7649 alignment, quadrant,
7650 section);
7651 else
7652 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7653 code_only, common,
7654 dup_common, zero, sort,
7655 access, space_index,
7656 alignment, quadrant, section);
7657
7658 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7659 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7660 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7661 }
7662 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7663 }
7664
7665 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7666
7667 static void
7668 pa_spaces_begin ()
7669 {
7670 int i;
7671
7672 space_dict_root = NULL;
7673 space_dict_last = NULL;
7674
7675 i = 0;
7676 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7677 {
7678 char *name;
7679
7680 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7681 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7682
7683 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7684 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7685 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7686 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7687 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7688 i++;
7689 }
7690
7691 i = 0;
7692 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7693 {
7694 char *name;
7695 int applicable, subsegment;
7696 asection *segment = NULL;
7697 sd_chain_struct *space;
7698
7699 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7700 subsegment number. */
7701 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7702 subsegment = 0;
7703
7704 /* Create the new section. */
7705 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7706
7707 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7708 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7709 all the built-in subspaces. */
7710 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7711 {
7712 text_section = segment;
7713 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7714 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7715 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7716 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7717 | SEC_READONLY
7718 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7719 }
7720 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7721 {
7722 data_section = segment;
7723 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7724 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7725 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7726 | SEC_RELOC
7727 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7728
7729 }
7730 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7731 {
7732 bss_section = segment;
7733 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7734 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7735 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7736 }
7737 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7738 {
7739 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7740 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7741 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7742 | SEC_RELOC
7743 | SEC_READONLY
7744 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7745 }
7746 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7747 {
7748 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7749 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7750 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7751 | SEC_RELOC
7752 | SEC_READONLY
7753 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7754 }
7755 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7756 {
7757 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7758 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7759 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7760 | SEC_RELOC
7761 | SEC_READONLY
7762 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7763 }
7764
7765 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7766 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7767 def_space_index].segment);
7768 if (space == NULL)
7769 {
7770 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7771 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7772 }
7773
7774 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7779 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7780 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7781 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7782 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7783 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7784 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7785 segment);
7786 i++;
7787 }
7788 }
7789
7790 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7791 by the given parameters. */
7792
7793 static sd_chain_struct *
7794 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7795 sort, seg, user_defined)
7796 char *name;
7797 int spnum;
7798 int loadable;
7799 int defined;
7800 int private;
7801 int sort;
7802 asection *seg;
7803 int user_defined;
7804 {
7805 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7806
7807 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7808 if (!chain_entry)
7809 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7810 name);
7811
7812 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7813 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7814 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7815 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7816 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7817
7818 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7819 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7820 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7821 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7822
7823 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7824 if (!space_dict_last)
7825 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7826
7827 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7828 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7829 else
7830 {
7831 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7832 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7833
7834 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7835 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7836
7837 while (chain_pointer)
7838 {
7839 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7840 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7841 }
7842
7843 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7844 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7845 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7846 {
7847 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7848 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7849 }
7850 else
7851 {
7852 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7853 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7854 }
7855
7856 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7857 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7858 }
7859
7860 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7861 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7862 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7863 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7864 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7865 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7866 #endif
7867
7868 return chain_entry;
7869 }
7870
7871 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7872 by the given parameters.
7873
7874 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7875 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7876
7877 static ssd_chain_struct *
7878 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7879 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7880 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7881 sd_chain_struct *space;
7882 char *name;
7883 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7884 int sort;
7885 int access;
7886 int space_index;
7887 int alignment;
7888 int quadrant;
7889 asection *seg;
7890 {
7891 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7892
7893 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7894 if (!chain_entry)
7895 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7896
7897 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7898 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7899
7900 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7901 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7902 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7903
7904 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7905 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7906 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7907
7908 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7909 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7910 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7911 else
7912 {
7913 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7914 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7915
7916 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7917 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7918
7919 while (chain_pointer)
7920 {
7921 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7922 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7923 }
7924
7925 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7926 the links. */
7927 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7928 {
7929 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7930 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7931 }
7932 else
7933 {
7934 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7935 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7936 }
7937 }
7938
7939 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7940 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7941 sort, quadrant);
7942 #endif
7943
7944 return chain_entry;
7945 }
7946
7947 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7948 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7949
7950 static ssd_chain_struct *
7951 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7952 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7953 sd_chain_struct *space;
7954 char *name;
7955 int loadable;
7956 int code_only;
7957 int common;
7958 int dup_common;
7959 int zero;
7960 int sort;
7961 int access;
7962 int space_index;
7963 int alignment;
7964 int quadrant;
7965 asection *section;
7966 {
7967 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7968
7969 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7970
7971 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7972 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7973 sort, quadrant);
7974 #endif
7975
7976 return chain_entry;
7977 }
7978
7979 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7980 NULL if no such space exists. */
7981
7982 static sd_chain_struct *
7983 is_defined_space (name)
7984 char *name;
7985 {
7986 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7987
7988 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7989 chain_pointer;
7990 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7991 {
7992 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7993 return chain_pointer;
7994 }
7995
7996 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7997 return NULL;
7998 }
7999
8000 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8001 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8002
8003 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8004 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8005
8006 static sd_chain_struct *
8007 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8008 asection *seg;
8009 {
8010 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8011
8012 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8013 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8014 space_chain;
8015 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8016 {
8017 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8018 return space_chain;
8019 }
8020
8021 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8022 return NULL;
8023 }
8024
8025 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8026 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8027
8028 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8029 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8030 own subspace. */
8031
8032 static ssd_chain_struct *
8033 is_defined_subspace (name)
8034 char *name;
8035 {
8036 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8037 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8038
8039 /* Walk through each space. */
8040 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8041 space_chain;
8042 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8043 {
8044 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8045 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8046 subspace_chain;
8047 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8048 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8049 return subspace_chain;
8050 }
8051
8052 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8053 return NULL;
8054 }
8055
8056 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8057 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8058
8059 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8060 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8061 to become more efficient. */
8062
8063 static ssd_chain_struct *
8064 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8065 asection *seg;
8066 subsegT subseg;
8067 {
8068 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8069 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8070
8071 /* Walk through each space. */
8072 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8073 space_chain;
8074 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8075 {
8076 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8077 {
8078 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8079 the correct mapping. */
8080 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8081 subspace_chain;
8082 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8083 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8084 return subspace_chain;
8085 }
8086 }
8087
8088 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8089 return NULL;
8090 }
8091
8092 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8093
8094 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8095 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8096
8097 static sd_chain_struct *
8098 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8099 int number;
8100 {
8101 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8102
8103 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8104 space_chain;
8105 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8106 {
8107 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8108 return space_chain;
8109 }
8110
8111 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8112 return NULL;
8113 }
8114
8115 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8116 address is unknown then return zero. */
8117
8118 static unsigned int
8119 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8120 sd_chain_struct *space;
8121 int quadrant;
8122 {
8123 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8124 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8125 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8126 return 0x40000000;
8127 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8128 return 0x40000000;
8129 else
8130 return 0;
8131 return 0;
8132 }
8133
8134 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8135 static int
8136 pa_next_subseg (space)
8137 sd_chain_struct *space;
8138 {
8139
8140 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8141 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8142 }
8143 #endif
8144
8145 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8146 a string. */
8147
8148 static unsigned int
8149 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8150 char *s;
8151 {
8152 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8153
8154 switch (c)
8155 {
8156 case '\"':
8157 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8158 break;
8159 default:
8160 break;
8161 }
8162 return c;
8163 }
8164
8165 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8166
8167 static void
8168 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8169 int append_zero;
8170 {
8171 char *s, num_buf[4];
8172 unsigned int c;
8173 int i;
8174
8175 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8176 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8177 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8178
8179 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8180 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8181 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8182 #endif
8183
8184 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8185 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8186
8187 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8188 {
8189 if (c == '\\')
8190 {
8191 c = *s;
8192 switch (c)
8193 {
8194 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8195 case 'x':
8196 {
8197 unsigned int number;
8198 int num_digit;
8199 char dg;
8200 char *s_start = s;
8201
8202 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8203 s++;
8204 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8205 num_digit < 2
8206 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8207 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8208 num_digit++)
8209 {
8210 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8211 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8212 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8213 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8214 else
8215 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8216
8217 s++;
8218 dg = *s;
8219 }
8220 if (num_digit > 0)
8221 {
8222 switch (num_digit)
8223 {
8224 case 1:
8225 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8226 break;
8227 case 2:
8228 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8229 break;
8230 }
8231 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8232 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8233 }
8234 break;
8235 }
8236 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8237 default:
8238 s++;
8239 break;
8240 }
8241 }
8242 }
8243 stringer (append_zero);
8244 pa_undefine_label ();
8245 }
8246
8247 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8248
8249 static void
8250 pa_version (unused)
8251 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8252 {
8253 obj_version (0);
8254 pa_undefine_label ();
8255 }
8256
8257 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8258
8259 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8260
8261 static void
8262 pa_compiler (unused)
8263 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8264 {
8265 obj_som_compiler (0);
8266 pa_undefine_label ();
8267 }
8268
8269 #endif
8270
8271 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8272
8273 static void
8274 pa_copyright (unused)
8275 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8276 {
8277 obj_copyright (0);
8278 pa_undefine_label ();
8279 }
8280
8281 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8282 the latest space label. */
8283
8284 static void
8285 pa_cons (nbytes)
8286 int nbytes;
8287 {
8288 cons (nbytes);
8289 pa_undefine_label ();
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8293
8294 static void
8295 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8296 int float_type;
8297 {
8298 float_cons (float_type);
8299 pa_undefine_label ();
8300 }
8301
8302 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8303
8304 static void
8305 pa_fill (unused)
8306 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8307 {
8308 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8309 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8310 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8311 #endif
8312
8313 s_fill (0);
8314 pa_undefine_label ();
8315 }
8316
8317 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8318
8319 static void
8320 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8321 int needs_align;
8322 {
8323 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8324 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8325 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8326 #endif
8327
8328 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8329 pa_undefine_label ();
8330 }
8331
8332 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8333
8334 static void
8335 pa_lsym (unused)
8336 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8337 {
8338 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8339 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8340 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8341 #endif
8342
8343 s_lsym (0);
8344 pa_undefine_label ();
8345 }
8346
8347 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8348 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8349 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8350
8351 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8352 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8353 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8354 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8355 with the address of "foo").
8356
8357 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8358 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8359 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8360
8361 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8362 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8363 selectors).
8364
8365 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8366 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8367
8368 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8369 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8370 right bits out of an instruction. */
8371
8372 int
8373 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8374 fixS *fixp;
8375 {
8376 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8377
8378 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8379
8380 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8381 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8382 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8383 return 0;
8384 #endif
8385
8386 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8387 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8388 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8389 return 0;
8390 #endif
8391
8392 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8393 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8394 return 0;
8395
8396 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8397 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8398
8399 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8400 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8401 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8402 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8403 && fixp->fx_subsy
8404 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8405 {
8406 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8407 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8408 return 0;
8409 }
8410
8411 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8412
8413 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8414 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8415 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8416 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8417 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8418 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8419 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8420 sum to the right value.
8421
8422 eg. Suppose we have
8423 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8424 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8425 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8426
8427 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8428 reducing to the section symbol we get
8429 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8430 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8431 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8432 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8433 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8434
8435 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8436 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8437 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8438 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8439 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8440
8441 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8442 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8443 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8444 return 0;
8445
8446 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8447 relocations with plabels. */
8448 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8449 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8450 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8451 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8452 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8453 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8454 return 0;
8455
8456 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8457 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8458 return 0;
8459
8460 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8461 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8462 return 0;
8463
8464 return 1;
8465 }
8466
8467 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8468 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8469 within GAS. */
8470
8471 int
8472 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8473 struct fix *fixp;
8474 {
8475 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8476
8477 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8478 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8479 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8480 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8481 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8482 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8483 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8484 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8485 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8486 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8487 return 1;
8488 #endif
8489 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8490 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8491 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8492 return 1;
8493 #endif
8494
8495 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8496
8497 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8498 linking works. */
8499 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8500 return 1;
8501
8502 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8503 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8504 call stub. */
8505 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8506 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8507 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8508 return 1;
8509
8510 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8511 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8512 {
8513 valueT distance;
8514
8515 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8516 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8517 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8518 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8519 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8520 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8521 #endif
8522 )
8523 return 1;
8524 }
8525
8526 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8527 return 1;
8528
8529 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8530 return 0;
8531 }
8532
8533 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8534 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8535 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8536 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8537
8538 static void
8539 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8540 {
8541 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8542 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8543 char *name;
8544
8545 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8546 {
8547 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8548 or other problems. */
8549 return;
8550 }
8551
8552 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8553 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8554 + 1);
8555 if (name)
8556 {
8557 symbolS *symbolP;
8558
8559 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8560 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8561
8562 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8563 symbol will have already been defined. */
8564 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8565 if (symbolP)
8566 {
8567 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8568 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8569
8570 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8571 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8572 xfree (name);
8573 }
8574 else
8575 {
8576 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8577 last instruction of the function */
8578 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8579 frag_now);
8580
8581 assert (symbolP);
8582 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8583 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8584 }
8585
8586 if (symbolP)
8587 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8588 else
8589 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8590
8591 }
8592 else
8593 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8594
8595 }
8596
8597 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8598 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8599 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8600 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8601
8602 void
8603 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8604 {
8605 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8606
8607 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8608 call_info_pointer;
8609 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8610 {
8611 elf_symbol_type *esym
8612 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8613 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8614 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8615 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8616 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8617 }
8618 }
8619
8620 static void
8621 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8622 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8623 {
8624 struct fix *new_fix;
8625
8626 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8627
8628 if (new_fix)
8629 {
8630 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8631 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8632 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8633 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8634 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8635 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8636 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8637 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8638 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8639 }
8640 }
8641
8642 static void
8643 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8644 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8645 {
8646 struct fix *new_fix;
8647
8648 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8649
8650 if (new_fix)
8651 {
8652 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8653 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8654 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8655 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8656 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8657 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8658 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8659 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8660 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8661 }
8662 }
8663 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.251225 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.